mirror of
				https://github.com/subsurface/subsurface.git
				synced 2025-02-19 22:16:15 +00:00 
			
		
		
		
	Signed-off-by: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@free.fr> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
		
			
				
	
	
		
			6888 lines
		
	
	
	
		
			325 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			Text
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			6888 lines
		
	
	
	
		
			325 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			Text
		
	
	
	
	
	
| <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
 | ||
|     "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
 | ||
| <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
 | ||
| <head>
 | ||
| <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" />
 | ||
| <meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.8" />
 | ||
| <title></title>
 | ||
| <style type="text/css">
 | ||
| /*
 | ||
|  * compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface,
 | ||
|  *  modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from:
 | ||
|  *		compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name>
 | ||
|  * Licence: Public Domain
 | ||
|  *
 | ||
|  * Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ...
 | ||
|  */
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| *   { padding: 0;  margin: 0; }
 | ||
| img { border: 0; }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| /*** Layout ***/
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| body                        { margin: 10px 20px; }
 | ||
| #header br                  { display: none; }
 | ||
| #revnumber                  { display: block; }
 | ||
| #toc                        { margin: 1em 0; }
 | ||
| .toclevel2                  { margin-left: 1em; }
 | ||
| .toclevel3		    { margin-left: 2em; }
 | ||
| #footer                     { margin-top: 2em; }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| #preamble .sectionbody,
 | ||
| h2,
 | ||
| h3,
 | ||
| h4,
 | ||
| h5                          { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| .admonitionblock,
 | ||
| .listingblock,
 | ||
| .sidebarblock,
 | ||
| .exampleblock,
 | ||
| .tableblock,
 | ||
| .literalblock               { margin: 1em 0; }
 | ||
| .admonitionblock td.icon    { padding-right: 0.5em; }
 | ||
| .admonitionblock td.content { padding-left:  0.5em; }
 | ||
| .listingblock .content      { padding: 0.5em; }
 | ||
| .sidebarblock > .content    { padding: 0.5em; }
 | ||
| .exampleblock > .content    { padding: 0 0.5em; }
 | ||
| .tableblock caption         { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; }
 | ||
| .tableblock thead th,
 | ||
| .tableblock tbody td,
 | ||
| .tableblock tfoot td        { padding: 0 0.5em; }
 | ||
| .quoteblock                 { padding: 0 2.0em; }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| .paragraph                  { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
 | ||
| .sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child,
 | ||
| .exampleblock .paragraph:first-child,
 | ||
| .admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child  { margin: 0; }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
|    .ulist,    .olist,    .dlist,    .hdlist,    .qlist   { margin: 1em 0; }
 | ||
| li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist,
 | ||
| dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist   { margin: 0; }
 | ||
| ul                          { margin-left: 1.5em; }
 | ||
| ol                          { margin-left: 2em; }
 | ||
| dd                          { margin-left: 3em; }
 | ||
| td.hdlist1                  { padding-right: 1em; }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| /*** Fonts ***/
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| body                        { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; }
 | ||
| #header                     { font-family: Arial,   sans-serif; }
 | ||
| #header h1                  { font-family: Arial,   sans-serif; }
 | ||
| #footer                     { font-family: Georgia, serif;      }
 | ||
| #email                      { font-size: 0.85em; }
 | ||
| #revnumber                  { font-size: 0.75em; }
 | ||
| #toc                        { font-size: 0.9em;  }
 | ||
| #toctitle                   { font-weight: bold; }
 | ||
| #footer                     { font-size: 0.8em; }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| h2, h3, h4, h5, .title      { font-family: Arial,   sans-serif; }
 | ||
| h2                          { font-size: 1.5em; }
 | ||
| .sectionbody                { font-size: 0.85em; }
 | ||
| .sectionbody .sectionbody   { font-size: inherit; }
 | ||
| h3                          { font-size: 159%; } /* 1.35em */
 | ||
| h4                          { font-size: 141%; } /* 1.2em */
 | ||
| h5                          { font-size: 118%; } /* 1em */
 | ||
| .title                      { font-size: 106%;   /* 0.9em */
 | ||
| 			      font-weight: bold;
 | ||
| 			    }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| tt, .monospaced             { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */
 | ||
| dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em   { font-family: Times New Roman, serif;
 | ||
| 			      font-size: 118%;   /* 1em */
 | ||
| 			      font-style: italic;
 | ||
| 			    }
 | ||
| .tableblock tfoot td        { font-weight: bold; }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| /*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| h1                          { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
 | ||
| #footer                     {                 border-top:    2px solid silver; }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| h2                          { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
 | ||
| h3                          { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
 | ||
| h3                          { display: inline-block; }
 | ||
| h4,h5                       { color: #5D7EAE; }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| .admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
 | ||
| .listingblock .content      { background: #f4f4f4;   border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
 | ||
| .sidebarblock > .content    { background: #ffffee;   border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
 | ||
| .exampleblock > .content    {                   border-left: 2px solid silver; }
 | ||
| .quoteblock                 {                   border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
 | ||
| .tableblock table {
 | ||
|     border-collapse: collapse;
 | ||
|     border-width: 3px;
 | ||
|     border-color: #527bbd;
 | ||
| }
 | ||
| .tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; }
 | ||
| .tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid;      }
 | ||
| .tableblock table[frame=void]   { border-style: none;       }
 | ||
| .tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; }
 | ||
| .tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *,
 | ||
| .tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * {
 | ||
|     border-top: 1px solid #527bbd;
 | ||
| }
 | ||
| .tableblock table[rules=all] tr *,
 | ||
| .tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * {
 | ||
|     border-left: 1px solid #527bbd;
 | ||
| }
 | ||
| .tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * {
 | ||
|     border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */
 | ||
| }
 | ||
| .tableblock table tr *:first-child {
 | ||
|     border-left: none;
 | ||
| }
 | ||
| .tableblock table[frame] thead tr *,
 | ||
| .tableblock table[frame] thead tr * {
 | ||
|     border-top: 1px solid white;
 | ||
|     border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd;
 | ||
| }
 | ||
| .tableblock table tr td p.table,
 | ||
| .tableblock table tr td p.table * {
 | ||
|     border: 0px;
 | ||
| }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| tt, .monospaced             { color: navy; }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| li                          { color: #a0a0a0; }
 | ||
| li > *                      { color: black; }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| span.aqua { color: aqua; }
 | ||
| span.black { color: black; }
 | ||
| span.blue { color: blue; }
 | ||
| span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; }
 | ||
| span.gray { color: gray; }
 | ||
| span.green { color: green; }
 | ||
| span.lime { color: lime; }
 | ||
| span.maroon { color: maroon; }
 | ||
| span.navy { color: navy; }
 | ||
| span.olive { color: olive; }
 | ||
| span.purple { color: purple; }
 | ||
| span.red { color: red; }
 | ||
| span.silver { color: silver; }
 | ||
| span.teal { color: teal; }
 | ||
| span.white { color: white; }
 | ||
| span.yellow { color: yellow; }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| span.aqua-background { background: aqua; }
 | ||
| span.black-background { background: black; }
 | ||
| span.blue-background { background: blue; }
 | ||
| span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; }
 | ||
| span.gray-background { background: gray; }
 | ||
| span.green-background { background: green; }
 | ||
| span.lime-background { background: lime; }
 | ||
| span.maroon-background { background: maroon; }
 | ||
| span.navy-background { background: navy; }
 | ||
| span.olive-background { background: olive; }
 | ||
| span.purple-background { background: purple; }
 | ||
| span.red-background { background: red; }
 | ||
| span.silver-background { background: silver; }
 | ||
| span.teal-background { background: teal; }
 | ||
| span.white-background { background: white; }
 | ||
| span.yellow-background { background: yellow; }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| span.big { font-size: 2em; }
 | ||
| span.small { font-size: 0.6em; }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| span.underline { text-decoration: underline; }
 | ||
| span.overline { text-decoration: overline; }
 | ||
| span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| /*** Misc ***/
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| .admonitionblock td.icon    { vertical-align: top; }
 | ||
| .attribution                { text-align: right; }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| ul                          { list-style-type: disc; }
 | ||
| ol.arabic                   { list-style-type: decimal; }
 | ||
| ol.loweralpha               { list-style-type: lower-alpha; }
 | ||
| ol.upperalpha               { list-style-type: upper-alpha; }
 | ||
| ol.lowerroman               { list-style-type: lower-roman; }
 | ||
| ol.upperroman               { list-style-type: upper-roman; }
 | ||
| .hdlist td                  { vertical-align: top; }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| @media screen {
 | ||
|   body {
 | ||
|     max-width: 50em; /* approximately 80 characters wide */
 | ||
|     margin-left: 16em;
 | ||
|   }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
|   #toc {
 | ||
|     position: fixed;
 | ||
|     top: 0;
 | ||
|     left: 0;
 | ||
|     bottom: 0;
 | ||
|     width: 13em;
 | ||
|     padding: 0.5em;
 | ||
|     padding-bottom: 1.5em;
 | ||
|     margin: 0;
 | ||
|     overflow: auto;
 | ||
|     border-right: 3px solid #f8f8f8;
 | ||
|     background-color: white;
 | ||
|   }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
|   #toc .toclevel1 {
 | ||
|     margin-top: 0.5em;
 | ||
|   }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
|   #toc .toclevel2 {
 | ||
|     margin-top: 0.25em;
 | ||
|     display: list-item;
 | ||
|     color: #aaaaaa;
 | ||
|   }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
|   #toctitle {
 | ||
|     margin-top: 0.5em;
 | ||
|   }
 | ||
| }
 | ||
| </style>
 | ||
| <script type="text/javascript">
 | ||
| /*<+'])');
 | ||
|     // Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2
 | ||
|     // nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all
 | ||
|     // browsers).
 | ||
|     var iterate = function (el) {
 | ||
|       for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) {
 | ||
|         if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) {
 | ||
|           var mo = re.exec(i.tagName);
 | ||
|           if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") {
 | ||
|             result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1);
 | ||
|           }
 | ||
|           iterate(i);
 | ||
|         }
 | ||
|       }
 | ||
|     }
 | ||
|     iterate(el);
 | ||
|     return result;
 | ||
|   }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
|   var toc = document.getElementById("toc");
 | ||
|   if (!toc) {
 | ||
|     return;
 | ||
|   }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
|   // Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC.
 | ||
|   var tocEntriesToRemove = [];
 | ||
|   var i;
 | ||
|   for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) {
 | ||
|     var entry = toc.childNodes[i];
 | ||
|     if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div'
 | ||
|      && entry.getAttribute("class")
 | ||
|      && entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/))
 | ||
|       tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry);
 | ||
|   }
 | ||
|   for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) {
 | ||
|     toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]);
 | ||
|   }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
|   // Rebuild TOC entries.
 | ||
|   var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels);
 | ||
|   for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) {
 | ||
|     var entry = entries[i];
 | ||
|     if (entry.element.id == "")
 | ||
|       entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i;
 | ||
|     var a = document.createElement("a");
 | ||
|     a.href = "#" + entry.element.id;
 | ||
|     a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text));
 | ||
|     var div = document.createElement("div");
 | ||
|     div.appendChild(a);
 | ||
|     div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel;
 | ||
|     toc.appendChild(div);
 | ||
|   }
 | ||
|   if (entries.length == 0)
 | ||
|     toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc);
 | ||
| },
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | ||
| // Footnotes generator
 | ||
| /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| /* Based on footnote generation code from:
 | ||
|  * http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html
 | ||
|  */
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| footnotes: function () {
 | ||
|   // Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes.
 | ||
|   var i;
 | ||
|   var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes");
 | ||
|   if (!noteholder) {
 | ||
|     return;
 | ||
|   }
 | ||
|   var entriesToRemove = [];
 | ||
|   for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) {
 | ||
|     var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i];
 | ||
|     if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote")
 | ||
|       entriesToRemove.push(entry);
 | ||
|   }
 | ||
|   for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) {
 | ||
|     noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]);
 | ||
|   }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
|   // Rebuild footnote entries.
 | ||
|   var cont = document.getElementById("content");
 | ||
|   var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span");
 | ||
|   var refs = {};
 | ||
|   var n = 0;
 | ||
|   for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
 | ||
|     if (spans[i].className == "footnote") {
 | ||
|       n++;
 | ||
|       var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note");
 | ||
|       if (!note) {
 | ||
|         // Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work.
 | ||
|         // Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag.
 | ||
|         note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1];
 | ||
|         spans[i].innerHTML =
 | ||
|           "[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n +
 | ||
|           "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
 | ||
|         spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note);
 | ||
|       }
 | ||
|       noteholder.innerHTML +=
 | ||
|         "<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" +
 | ||
|         "<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" +
 | ||
|         n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>";
 | ||
|       var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id");
 | ||
|       if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n;
 | ||
|     }
 | ||
|   }
 | ||
|   if (n == 0)
 | ||
|     noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder);
 | ||
|   else {
 | ||
|     // Process footnoterefs.
 | ||
|     for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
 | ||
|       if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") {
 | ||
|         var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href");
 | ||
|         href = href.match(/#.*/)[0];  // Because IE return full URL.
 | ||
|         n = refs[href];
 | ||
|         spans[i].innerHTML =
 | ||
|           "[<a href='#_footnote_" + n +
 | ||
|           "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
 | ||
|       }
 | ||
|     }
 | ||
|   }
 | ||
| },
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| install: function(toclevels) {
 | ||
|   var timerId;
 | ||
| 
 | ||
|   function reinstall() {
 | ||
|     asciidoc.footnotes();
 | ||
|     if (toclevels) {
 | ||
|       asciidoc.toc(toclevels);
 | ||
|     }
 | ||
|   }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
|   function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() {
 | ||
|     clearInterval(timerId);
 | ||
|     reinstall();
 | ||
|   }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
|   timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500);
 | ||
|   if (document.addEventListener)
 | ||
|     document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false);
 | ||
|   else
 | ||
|     window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer;
 | ||
| }
 | ||
| 
 | ||
| }
 | ||
| asciidoc.install(3);
 | ||
| /*]]>*/
 | ||
| </script>
 | ||
| </head>
 | ||
| <body class="article">
 | ||
| <div id="header">
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div id="content">
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">MANUEL UTILISATEUR</span></p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Auteurs du manuel</strong> : Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg,
 | ||
| Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 4.5, Octobre 2015</em></span></p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Bienvenue en tant qu’utilisateur de <em>Subsurface</em>, un programme avancé
 | ||
| d’enregistrement de plongées (carnet de plongées) avec une bonne
 | ||
| infrastructure pour décrire, organiser, interpréter et imprimer des plongées
 | ||
| en scaphandre et en apnée. <em>Subsurface</em> offre de nombreux avantages par
 | ||
| rapport à d’autres solutions logicielles similaires :</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Avez-vous besoin d’une façon d’enregistrer vos plongées utilisant des
 | ||
|    équipements loisirs, même sans utiliser d’ordinateur de plongée ?
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Utilisez-vous deux marques différentes d’ordinateurs de plongée, chacun avec
 | ||
|    son propre logiciel propriétaire pour télécharger les enregistrements des
 | ||
|    plongées ? Plongez-vous avec un recycleur ou un équipement en circuit ouvert
 | ||
|    ou de loisir ? Utilisez-vous un enregistreur de profondeur et de durée
 | ||
|    Reefnet Sensus avec un ordinateur de plongée ? <em>Subsurface</em> offre une
 | ||
|    interface standard pour télécharger les enregistrements des plongées à
 | ||
|    partir de tous ces équipements de plongée et pour enregistrer et analyser
 | ||
|    ces enregistrements dans un système unique.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Utilisez-vous plus d’un système d’exploitation ? <em>Subsurface</em> est
 | ||
|    intégralement compatible avec Mac, Linux et Windows, ce qui vous permet
 | ||
|    d’accéder à vos enregistrements de plongées sur chaque système
 | ||
|    d’exploitation en utilisant une application unique.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Utilisez-vous Linux ou Mac et votre ordinateur de plongée n’a que des
 | ||
|    logiciels pour Windows pour télécharger les informations de plongées (par
 | ||
|    exemple Mares) ? <em>Subsurface</em> fournit un moyen de télécharger et d’analyser
 | ||
|    vos enregistrements de plongées sur d’autres systèmes d’exploitation.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Avez-vous besoin d’un planificateur de plongée graphique intuitif qui
 | ||
|    intègre et prend en compte les plongées qui ont déjà été enregistrées ?
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Avez-vous besoin d’un moyen d’enregistrer ou de sauvegarder votre carnet de
 | ||
|    plongée sur Internet, Vous permettant de visualiser votre carnet depuis
 | ||
|    n’importe où, en utilisant un navigateur Internet ?
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> est disponible pour Windows (Win XP ou plus récent), les Macs
 | ||
| basés sur processeurs Intel (OS/X) et de nombreuses distributions
 | ||
| Linux. <em>Subsurface</em> peut être compilé pour bien plus de plateformes
 | ||
| matérielles et d’environnements logiciels où Qt et libdivecomputer sont
 | ||
| disponibles.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Le but de ce document est l’utilisation du programme Subsurface. Pour
 | ||
| installer le logiciel, consultez la page <em>Téléchargement</em> sur le
 | ||
| <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de <em>Subsurface</em></a>. En cas de
 | ||
| problème, vous pouvez envoyer un e-mail sur
 | ||
| <a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">notre liste de diffusion</a> et
 | ||
| rapportez les bogues sur <a href="http://trac.hohndel.org">notre bugtracker</a>.  Pour
 | ||
| des instructions de compilation du logiciel et (si besoin) de ses
 | ||
| dépendances, merci de consulter le fichier INSTALL inclus dans les sources
 | ||
| logicielles.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Public</strong> : Plongeurs loisirs, apnéistes, plongeurs Tek et plongeurs
 | ||
| professionnels</p></div>
 | ||
| <div id="toc">
 | ||
|   <div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div>
 | ||
|   <noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect1">
 | ||
| <h2 id="_utilisation_de_ce_manuel">1. Utilisation de ce manuel</h2>
 | ||
| <div class="sectionbody">
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>When opened from within <em>Subsurface</em>, this manual does not have external
 | ||
| controls for paging or selecting previous pages. However, two facilities are
 | ||
| provided:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>SEARCH</em> function is activated by pressing control-F or command-F on the
 | ||
| keyboard. A text box appears at the bottom right-hand of the window (see
 | ||
| image below).  For instance, if one typed the word "<em>weights</em>" into the
 | ||
| search text box, this word will be searched for throughout this user
 | ||
| manual. To the right of the search text box are two arrows pointing upwards
 | ||
| and downwards. Selecting these allow finding, respectively, the previous and
 | ||
| the next occurence of the term being searched for.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/usermanualfunctions.jpg" alt="User manual functions" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>PREVIOUS/NEXT LINK</em>. One can move between links (underlined words allowing
 | ||
| one to jump to specific sections in this user manual) by right-clicking on
 | ||
| the text of the manual.  This brings up a context menu for jumping to
 | ||
| previous links selected while reading the manual (see image above). For
 | ||
| instance if a link in the manual has been selected, then the option to <em>Go
 | ||
| Back</em> shows the text at the last link that was selected (similar to the
 | ||
| Previous Page button in a browser). Conversely the <em>Go Forward</em> option
 | ||
| enables jumping to the text perused before selecting the <em>Go Back</em>
 | ||
| option. The <em>Reload</em> option causes the complete user manual to be reloaded
 | ||
| into the user manual window.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect1">
 | ||
| <h2 id="S_UserSurvey">2. Le sondage utilisateur</h2>
 | ||
| <div class="sectionbody">
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Dans le but de développer <em>Subsurface</em> d’une manière qui serve ses
 | ||
| utilisateurs de la meilleur manière qu’il soit, il est important d’avoir des
 | ||
| informations sur les utilisateurs. À l’ouverture de <em>Subsurface</em> après avoir
 | ||
| utilisé le logiciel pendant une semaine environ, une fenêtre de sondage
 | ||
| apparait. Cela est complètement optionnel et l’utilisateur contrôle quelles
 | ||
| informations sont envoyées ou non à l'équipe de développement de
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em>. Toutes les données que l’utilisateur choisit d’envoyer sont
 | ||
| extrêmement utiles et ne seront utilisées que pour les futures
 | ||
| développements et modifications du logiciel pour coller au mieux aux besoins
 | ||
| des utilisateurs de <em>Subsurface</em>. Si vous complétez le sondage ou cliquez
 | ||
| sur l’option pour ne plus être sondé, cela devrait être la dernière
 | ||
| communication de ce type que vous recevrez. Cependant, si vos habitudes de
 | ||
| plongées ou d’utilisation de Subsurface changent, vous pouvez envoyer un
 | ||
| nouveau sondage en démarrant <em>Subsurface</em> avec l’option  <em>--survey</em> sur la
 | ||
| ligne de commande.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect1">
 | ||
| <h2 id="S_StartUsing">3. Commencer à utiliser le programme</h2>
 | ||
| <div class="sectionbody">
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>La fenêtre <em>Subsurface</em> est généralement divisée en 4 panneaux avec un <strong>Menu
 | ||
| principal</strong> (Fichier Importer Journal Vue Aide) en haut de la fenêtre (pour
 | ||
| Windows et Linux) ou en haut de l'écran (pour Mac et Ubuntu Unity). Les
 | ||
| quatre panneaux sont :</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>liste des plongées</strong> en bas à gauche, contenant une liste de toutes les
 | ||
| plongées du journal (carnet) de plongées de l’utilisateur. Une plongée peut
 | ||
| être sélectionnée et mise en surbrillance dans la liste en cliquant
 | ||
| dessus. Dans la plupart des cas, les touches haut/bas peuvent être utilisée
 | ||
| pour passer d’une plongée à l’autre. La <strong>liste des plongées</strong> est un outil
 | ||
| important pour manipuler un journal (carnet) de plongée.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>carte de plongée</strong> en bas à droite, affiche les sites de plongées de
 | ||
| l’utilisateur, sur une carte mondiale et centrée sur le site de la dernière
 | ||
| plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Les <strong>informations</strong> en haut à gauche, fournissent des informations détaillées
 | ||
| sur la plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, dont des
 | ||
| statistiques pour la plongée sélectionnée ou pour toutes les plongées mises
 | ||
| en surbrillance.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Le <strong>profil de plongée</strong> en haut à droite, affiche un profil de plongée
 | ||
| graphique de la plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Les séparateurs entre ces panneaux peuvent être déplacés pour modifier la
 | ||
| taille de chaque panneau. <em>Subsurface</em> mémorise la position de ces
 | ||
| séparateurs, pour qu’au prochain lancement <em>Subsurface</em> utilise ces
 | ||
| positions.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Si une unique plongée est sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>,
 | ||
| l’emplacement de la plongée, les informations détaillées et le profil de la
 | ||
| <em>plongée sélectionnée</em> sont affichées dans les panneaux respectifs. D’autre
 | ||
| part, si plusieurs plongées sont sélectionnées, la dernière mise en
 | ||
| surbrillance est la <em>plongée sélectionnée</em>, mais les données de <em>toutes les
 | ||
| plongées mises en surbrillances</em> sont affichées dans l’onglet <strong>Stats</strong> du
 | ||
| panneau <strong>informations</strong> (profondeur maximale, minimale et moyenne, les
 | ||
| durées, les températures de l’eau et le SAC (air consommé); temps total et
 | ||
| nombre de plongées sélectionnées).</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/main_window_f22.jpg" alt="The Main Window" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>L’utilisateur peut déterminer si lesquels des quatre panneaux sont affichés
 | ||
| en sélectionnant l’option <strong>Vue</strong> dans le menu principal. Cette fonctionnalité
 | ||
| permet plusieurs choix d’affichage :</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tout</strong> : affiche les quatre panneaux tels que sur la capture d'écran ci-dessus.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Liste des plongées</strong> : affiche uniquement la liste des plongées.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Profil</strong> : affiche uniquement le profile de plongée de la plongée sélectionnée.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Info</strong> : affiche uniquement les notes de plongées de la dernière plongée sélectionnée et les statistiques pour
 | ||
| toutes les plongées mises en surbrillance.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Globe</strong> : affiche uniquement la carte mondiale, centrée sur la dernière plongée sélectionnée.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Comme la plupart des autre fonctions qui peuvent être accédée via le menu
 | ||
| principal, ces options peuvent être utilisées par des raccourcis
 | ||
| clavier. Les raccourcis pour un système particulier sont affichés avec un
 | ||
| souligné des les entrées de menu. À cause des différents systèmes
 | ||
| d’exploitation et des divers langues, <em>Subsurface</em> peut utiliser différentes
 | ||
| touches de raccourcis et ne sont donc pas détaillées ici.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Lorsque le programme est lancé pour la première fois, il n’affiche aucune
 | ||
| information. Ceci parce que le programme n’a aucune information de plongée
 | ||
| disponible. Dans les sections suivantes, le procédure pour créer a nouveau
 | ||
| carnet de plongée sera détaillée.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect1">
 | ||
| <h2 id="S_NewLogbook">4. Créer un nouveau carnet de plongée</h2>
 | ||
| <div class="sectionbody">
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Sélectionner <em>Fichier → Nouveau carnet de plongée</em> à partir du menu
 | ||
| principal. Toutes les données de plongées sont effacées pour que de
 | ||
| nouvelles puissent être ajoutées. S’il existe des données non encore
 | ||
| enregistrées dans le carnet ouvert, l’utilisateur devra sélectionner s’il
 | ||
| faut les enregistrer ou non avant de créer le nouveau carnet.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect1">
 | ||
| <h2 id="S_GetInformation">5. Enregistrement des informations de plongée dans le carnet</h2>
 | ||
| <div class="sectionbody">
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Maintenant qu’un nouveau carnet de plongée a été créé, il est simple de lui
 | ||
| ajouter des données. <em>Subsurface</em> permet plusieurs façons pour ajouter des
 | ||
| données de plongée au carnet. Plus de détails dans les sections suivantes.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>1) Si l’utilisateur possède un carnet manuscrit, un tableur ou une autre forme
 | ||
|    de
 | ||
|  carnet maintenu manuellement, les données de plongée peuvent être ajoutées
 | ||
|  au carnet en utilisant une des approches suivantes :</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Entrer les informations de plongée à la main. Cela est utile si le plongeur
 | ||
|    n’a pas
 | ||
|  utilisé d’ordinateur de plongée et que les plongées sont inscrites dans un
 | ||
|  carnet manuscrit. Voir  <a href="#S_EnterData">Entrer les informations de plongée
 | ||
|  à la main</a>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Importer les informations de plongée qui ont été maintenues soit dans un
 | ||
|    tableur
 | ||
|  soit dans un fichier CSV. Se reporter à : <a href="#S_Appendix_D">ANNEXE D :
 | ||
|  Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</a> et à
 | ||
|  <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer des plongées au format CSV</a>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>2) Si les plongées ont été enregistrées en utilisant un ordinateur de plongée,
 | ||
|    le profil de profondeur de la
 | ||
|  plongée et de nombreuses informations supplémentaires peuvent être
 | ||
|  utilisées. Ces plongées peuvent être importées à partir de :</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| L’ordinateur de plongée lui-même. Voir : <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Importer
 | ||
|    de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée</a> ou
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Logiciels propriétaires fournis par les fabricants d’ordinateurs de
 | ||
|    plongée. Voir
 | ||
|  <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importer les informations à partir d’autres
 | ||
|  sources de données numériques ou d’autres formats de données</a>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Importer à partir d’un tableur ou de fichiers CSV contenant les profils de
 | ||
|    plongées.
 | ||
|  Voir : <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir
 | ||
|  des ordinateurs de plongées ou d’autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</a>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_EnterData">5.1. Entrer les informations de plongée à la main</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>This is usually the approach for dives without a dive computer. The basic
 | ||
| record of information within <em>Subsurface</em> is a dive. The most important
 | ||
| information in a simple dive logbook usually includes dive type, date, time,
 | ||
| duration, depth, the names of your dive buddy and of the dive master or dive
 | ||
| guide, and some remarks about the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> can store much more
 | ||
| information than this for each dive. In order to add a dive to a dive log,
 | ||
| select <em>Log → Add Dive</em> from the Main Menu. The program then shows three
 | ||
| panels to enter information for a dive: two tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel
 | ||
| (<strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong>), as well as the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel that displays
 | ||
| a graphical profile of each dive. These panels are respectively marked
 | ||
| <span class="red">A</span>, <span class="red">B</span> and <span class="red">C</span> in the figure below. Each of these tabs will
 | ||
| now be explained for data entry.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/AddDive1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Add dive" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>When one edits a field in Notes or Equipment panels, <em>Subsurface</em> enters
 | ||
| <strong>Editing Mode</strong>, indicated by the message in the blue box at the top of the
 | ||
| <strong>Notes</strong> panel (see the image below). This message is displayed in all the
 | ||
| panels under Notes and Equipment when in <strong>Editing Mode</strong>.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="Blue edit bar" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> button should only be selected after all the parts of a
 | ||
| dive have been entered.  When entering dives by hand, the <em>Info</em>,
 | ||
| <em>Equipment</em> and <em>Profile</em> tabs should be completed before saving the
 | ||
| information. By selecting the <em>Apply changes</em> button, a local copy of the
 | ||
| information for this specific dive is saved in memory. When one closes
 | ||
| Subsurface, the program will ask again, this time whether the complete dive
 | ||
| log should be saved on disk or not.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="S_CreateProfile">5.1.1. Creating a Dive Profile</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> (a graphical representation of the depth of the dive as a
 | ||
| function of time) is indicated in the panel on the top right hand of the
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em> window. When a dive is manually added to a logbook,
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em> presents a default dive profile that needs to be modified to
 | ||
| best represent the dive being described:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial dive profile" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Modifying the dive profile</em>: When the cursor is moved around the dive
 | ||
| profile, its position is indicated by two right-angled red lines as shown
 | ||
| below.  The time and depth represented by the cursor are indicated at the
 | ||
| top of the black information box (@ and D). The units (metric/imperial) on
 | ||
| the axes are determined by the <strong>Preference</strong> settings. The dive profile
 | ||
| itself comprises several line segments demarcated by waypoints (white dots
 | ||
| on the profile, as shown above). The default dive depth is 15 m.  If the
 | ||
| dive depth was 20 m then the user needs to drag the appropriate waypoints
 | ||
| downwards to represent 20 m. To add a waypoint, double-click on any line
 | ||
| segment. To move an additional waypoint, drag it.  To remove this waypoint,
 | ||
| right-click on it and choose "Remove this point" from the context menu. Drag
 | ||
| the waypoints to represent an accurate time duration for the dive. Below is
 | ||
| a dive profile for a dive to 20 m for 30 min, followed by a 5 minute safety
 | ||
| stop at 5 m.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Edited dive profile" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Specifying the gas composition:</em> The gas composition used is clearly
 | ||
| indicated along the line segments of the dive profile. This defaults to the
 | ||
| first gas mixture specified in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab, which was air in the
 | ||
| case of the profile above. The gas mixtures of segments of the dive profile
 | ||
| can be edited. This is done by right-clicking on the particular waypoint and
 | ||
| selecting the appropriate gas from the context menu. Changing the gas for a
 | ||
| waypoint affects the gas shown in the segment <em>to the left</em> of that
 | ||
| waypoint. Note that only the gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab appear in
 | ||
| the context menu (see image below).</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Gas composition context menu" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>With the profile having been defined, more details must be added in order to
 | ||
| have a fuller record of the dive. To do this, the <strong>Notes</strong> and the
 | ||
| <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be
 | ||
| used. Click on <a href="#S_Notes_dc"><strong>this link</strong></a> for instructions to use these
 | ||
| tabs.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">5.2. Importer de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_connecting_and_importing_data_from_a_dive_computer">5.2.1. Connecting and importing data from a dive computer.</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The use of dive computers allows the collection of a large amount of
 | ||
| information about each dive, e.g. a detailed record of depth, duration,
 | ||
| rates of ascent/descent and of gas partial pressures. <em>Subsurface</em> can
 | ||
| capture this information and present it as part of the dive information,
 | ||
| using dive information from a wide range of dive computers. The latest list
 | ||
| of supported dive computers can be found at:
 | ||
| <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/">
 | ||
| Supported dive computers</a>.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Several dive computers consume more power when they are in their
 | ||
| PC-Communication mode. <strong>This could drain the dive computer’s battery</strong>. We
 | ||
| therefore recommend that the user checks if the dive computer is charged
 | ||
| when connected to the USB port of a PC. For example, several Suunto and
 | ||
| Mares dive computers do not recharge through the USB connection. Users
 | ||
| should refer to the dive computer’s manual if they are unsure whether the
 | ||
| dive computer recharges its batteries while connected to the USB port.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>To import dive information from a dive computer to a computer with
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em>, it is necessary that the two pieces of equipment communicate
 | ||
| with one another.  This involves setting up the communications port (or
 | ||
| mount point) of the computer with <em>Subsurface</em> that communicates with the
 | ||
| dive computer. In order to set up this communication, one needs to find the
 | ||
| appropriate information to instruct <em>Subsurface</em> where and how to import the
 | ||
| dive information.
 | ||
| <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
 | ||
| A</a> provides the technical information to help the user achieving this for
 | ||
| different operating systems and
 | ||
| <a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
 | ||
| B</a> has dive computer specific information.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>After this, the dive computer can be hooked up to the user’s PC, which can
 | ||
| be achieved by following these steps:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The interface cable should be connected to a free USB port (or the Infra-red
 | ||
|         or Bluetooth connection set up as described later in this manual)
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The dive computer should be placed into PC Communication mode.
 | ||
|         (Se reporter au manuel de l’ordinateur de plongée)
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| In <em>Subsurface</em>, from the Main Menu, select <em>Import → Import From Dive
 | ||
|    Computer</em>.  Dialogue <strong>A</strong> in the figure below appears:
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ol></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/DC_import_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download dialogue 1" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in their memory, even
 | ||
| though these dives have already been imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. For that
 | ||
| reason, if the dive computer allows this, <em>Subsurface</em> only imports dives
 | ||
| that have not been uploaded before. This makes the download process faster
 | ||
| on most dive computers and also saves battery power of the dive computer (at
 | ||
| least for those not charging while connected via USB).</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The dialogue has two drop-down lists, <strong>Vendor</strong> and <strong>Dive Computer</strong>. On the
 | ||
|    <strong>vendor</strong> drop-down list select the make of the computer, e.g.  Suunto,
 | ||
|    Oceanic, Uwatec, Mares. On the <strong>Dive Computer</strong> drop-down list, the model
 | ||
|    name of the dive computer must be selected, e.g. D4 (Suunto), Veo200
 | ||
|    (Oceanic), or Puck (Mares).
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The <strong>Device or Mount Point</strong> drop-down list contains the USB or Bluetooth
 | ||
|    port name that <em>Subsurface</em> needs in order to communicate with the dive
 | ||
|    computer.  The appropriate port name must be selected. Consult
 | ||
|    <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
 | ||
|    A</a> and
 | ||
|    <a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
 | ||
|    B</a> for technical details on how to find the appropriate port information for
 | ||
|    a particular dive computer and, in some cases, how to do the correct
 | ||
|    settings to the operating system of the computer on which <em>Subsurface</em> is
 | ||
|    running.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| If all the dives on the dive computer need to be downloaded, check the
 | ||
|    checkbox <em>Force download of all dives</em>. Normally, <em>Subsurface</em> only
 | ||
|    downloads dives after the date-time of the last dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
 | ||
|    panel. If one or more of your dives in <em>Subsurface</em> have been accidentally
 | ||
|    deleted or if there are older dives that still need to be downloaded from
 | ||
|    the dive computer, this checkbox needs to be activated. Some dive computers
 | ||
|    (e.g. Mares Puck) do not provide a contents list to <em>Subsurface</em> before the
 | ||
|    download in order to select only new dives.  Consequently, for these dive
 | ||
|    computers, all dives are downloaded irrespective of the status of this check
 | ||
|    box.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| If the checkbox <em>Always prefer downloaded dives</em> has been checked and,
 | ||
|    during download, dives with identical date-times exist on the dive computer
 | ||
|    and on the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel, the dive in the <em>Subsurface</em>
 | ||
|    divelog will be overwritten by the dive record from the dive computer.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The checkbox marked <em>Download into new trip</em> ensures that, after upload, the
 | ||
|    downloaded dives are grouped together as a new trip(s) in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Do <strong>not</strong> check the checkboxes labelled <em>Save libdivecomputer logfile</em> and
 | ||
|    <em>Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</em>. These are only used as diagnostic tools
 | ||
|    when problems with downloads are experienced (see below).
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Then select the <em>Download</em> button.  With communication established, one can
 | ||
|    see how the data are retrieved from the dive computer.  Depending on the
 | ||
|    make of the dive computer and/or number of recorded dives, this could take
 | ||
|    some time. Be patient. The <em>Download</em> dialogue shows a progress bar at the
 | ||
|    bottom of the dialogue (for some dive computers the progress information
 | ||
|    could be inaccurate as we cannot determine how much downloadable data there
 | ||
|    is until all data have been downloaded). After successful download, Dialogue
 | ||
|    <strong>B</strong> in the figure above appears.  After the dives have been downloaded, they
 | ||
|    appear in a tabular format on the right-hand side of the dialogue (see image
 | ||
|    <strong>B</strong>, above). Each dive comprises a row in the table, with the date, duration
 | ||
|    and depth shown. Next to each dive is a checkbox: check all the dives that
 | ||
|    need to be transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>. In the case of the image above,
 | ||
|    the last six dives are checked and will be transferred to the <strong>Dive
 | ||
|    List</strong>. Then click the <em>OK</em> button at the bottom of the dialogue. All the
 | ||
|    imported dives appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, sorted by date and
 | ||
|    time. Disconnect and switch off the dive computer to conserve its battery
 | ||
|    power.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>After this has been completed, select the OK button.  The checked dives are
 | ||
| transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error
 | ||
|    message will be shown, similar to this text: "Unable to open /dev/ttyUSB0
 | ||
|    Mares (Puck Pro)". Refer to the text in the box below.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sidebarblock">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>PROBLEMS WITH DATA DOWNLOAD FROM A DIVE COMPUTER?</strong></p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Check the following:</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Is the dive computer still in PC-communication or Upload mode?
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Is the battery of the dive computer fully charged? If not then the battery
 | ||
|    must be charged or replaced.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Is the connecting cable faulty? Does the cable work perfectly using other
 | ||
|    software? Has it worked before, or is this the first time the cable is being
 | ||
|    used? Are the contacts on the dive computer and the cable clean?
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Consult
 | ||
|    <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
 | ||
|    A</a> and make sure that the correct Mount Point was specified (see above).
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| On Unix-like operating systems, does the user have write permission to the
 | ||
|    USB port? If not, consult
 | ||
|    <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
 | ||
|    A</a>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>If the <em>Subsurface</em> computer does not recognise the USB adaptor by showing
 | ||
| an appropriate device name next to the Mount Point, then there is a
 | ||
| possibility that the cable or USB adaptor is faulty. A faulty cable is the
 | ||
| most common cause of communication failure between dive computer and
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em> computer. It is also possible that the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
 | ||
| cannot interpret the data. Perform a download for diagnostic purposes with
 | ||
| the following two check boxes checked in the download dialogue discussed
 | ||
| above:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>Save libdivecomputer logfile
 | ||
| Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: These check boxes are only used when problems are encountered
 | ||
| during the download process: under normal circumstances they should not be checked.
 | ||
| When checking these boxes, the user is prompted to select a folder to
 | ||
| save the information to. The default folder is the one in which the <em>Subsurface</em>
 | ||
| dive log is kept.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important:</strong> <em>After downloading with the above checkboxes
 | ||
| checked, no dives are added to the
 | ||
| <strong>Dive List</strong> but two files are created in the folder selected above</em>:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>subsurface.log
 | ||
| subsurface.bin</code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>These files should be send to the <em>Subsurface</em> mail list:
 | ||
| <em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em> with a request for the files to be
 | ||
| analysed. Provide the dive computer make and model as well as contextual
 | ||
| information about the dives recorded on the dive computer.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="S_Bluetooth">5.2.2. Connecting <em>Subsurface</em> to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is becoming a more common way of communication between dive
 | ||
| computers and <em>Subsurface</em>, for instance, the Shearwater Petrel Mk2 and the
 | ||
| OSTC Mk3. <em>Subsurface</em> provides a largely operating system independent
 | ||
| Bluetooth interface. Setting up <em>Subsurface</em> for Bluetooth communication
 | ||
| requires four steps:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Ensure that Bluetooth is activated on the host computer running
 | ||
|   <em>Subsurface</em>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Ensure that <em>Subsurface</em> sees the Bluetooth adapter on the host computer.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Ensure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is Bluetooth-discoverable and in
 | ||
|   PC upload mode.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Ensure that <em>Subsurface</em> is paired with the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Select the Download dialogue by selecting <em>Import → Import from dive
 | ||
| computer</em> from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>. If one checks the check box labelled
 | ||
| <em>"Choose Bluetooth download mode"</em>, the dialogue below appears.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect4">
 | ||
| <h5 id="_sur_linux_ou_macos">Sur Linux ou MacOS :</h5>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>On the <em>Linux</em> or <em>MacOS</em> platforms the name of the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
 | ||
| and its Bluetooth address are shown on the right-hand side, On the lefthand
 | ||
| side, if the computer has connected more than one local Bluetooth devices
 | ||
| the user can use the list box to indicate which one needs to connect to
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em>.  The power state (on/off) of the Bluetooth adapter is shown
 | ||
| below the address and can be changed by checking the <em>Turn on/off</em> check
 | ||
| box.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>If the Bluetooth address is not shown, then <em>Subsurface</em> does not see the
 | ||
| local Bluetooth device. Ensure that the Bluetooth driver is installed
 | ||
| correctly on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer and check if it can be used by other
 | ||
| Bluetooth utilities like <em>bluetoothctl</em> or <em>bluemoon</em>. This achieves the
 | ||
| first two steps above.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure that the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is in PC-upload mode and
 | ||
| that it is discoverable by other Bluetooth devices. Consult the manual of
 | ||
| the dive computer to perform this. Now the third item in the list above has
 | ||
| been achieved.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom left of the dialogue
 | ||
| above. After searching for a small amount of time, the dive computer should
 | ||
| be listed (perhaps as one of a number of Bluetooth devices) in the main list
 | ||
| box on the lefthand side of the dialogue (see image above). If this is not
 | ||
| achieved, select the <em>Clear</em> button and then scan again for Bluetooth
 | ||
| devices using the <em>Scan</em> button. After performing these actions <em>Subsurface</em>
 | ||
| should see the dive computer.  The label of the discovered dive computer
 | ||
| contains the name of the device, its address and its pairing status. If the
 | ||
| device is not paired and has a red background colour, a context menu can be
 | ||
| opened by selecting the item with a right-click.  Select the the <em>Pair</em>
 | ||
| option and wait for the task to complete. If this dive computer is being
 | ||
| paired to Subsurface for the first time, it is possible that Subsurface will
 | ||
| request a Pass Code or PIN number. The most commonly-used Pass Code is 0000,
 | ||
| and this works for the Shearwater Petrel. If necessary, consult the user
 | ||
| manual of the dive computer being used.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sidebarblock">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> does not support Bluetooth pairing with dive
 | ||
| computers that require a custom PIN code. In order to pair the devices, use
 | ||
| other OS utilities as suggested below.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>One way to achieve this is to use <code>bluetoothctl</code>:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>$ bluetoothctl
 | ||
| [bluetooth]# agent KeyboardOnly
 | ||
| Agent registered
 | ||
| [bluetooth]# default-agent
 | ||
| Default agent request successful
 | ||
| [bluetooth]# pair 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
 | ||
| Attempting to pair with 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
 | ||
| [CHG] Device 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 Connected: yes
 | ||
| Request PIN code
 | ||
| [agent] Enter PIN code: 0000</code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>After the devices are paired the <em>Save</em> button of the dialogue can be
 | ||
| pressed.  This closes the Bluetooth dialogue. Now select <em>Download</em> in the
 | ||
| <em>Download from dive computer</em> dialogue which should still be open. The
 | ||
| downloaded dives are shown on the righthand side of the download dialogue.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect4">
 | ||
| <h5 id="_sur_windows">Sur Windows :</h5>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth on Windows" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>On <em>Windows</em> platforms the <em>Local Bluetooth device details section</em> on the
 | ||
| right is not displayed as is the case on the Linux/Mac implementations.  To
 | ||
| successfully initiate a scan (by pressing the <em>Scan</em> button)  check that the
 | ||
| Bluetooth device on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer is turned on by selecting the
 | ||
| dive computer from the list of available Bluetooth devices (see image
 | ||
| above). If the dive computer is accessed by Subsurface for the first time,
 | ||
| it is possible that Subsurface will request a Pass Code/PIN number. Supply
 | ||
| the Pass Code recommended in the user manual of the dive computer.  A Pass
 | ||
| Code of 0000 is often appropriate.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The pairing step is checked and done automatically during the download
 | ||
| process. If the devices have never been paired the system will ask for your
 | ||
| permissions and put a message on the right side of the screen: <em>Add a
 | ||
| device, Tap to set up your DC device</em>. Always allow this pairing. After a
 | ||
| discovered item is selected, select the <em>Save</em> button.  Finally select the
 | ||
| <em>Download</em> button on the <em>Download</em> dialogue and wait for the process to
 | ||
| complete.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> works only with local Bluetooth adapters which use
 | ||
| Microsoft Bluetooth Stack. If the local device uses <em>Widcomm</em>, <em>Stonestreet
 | ||
| One Bluetopia Bluetooth</em> or <em>BlueSoleil</em> drivers it will definitely not
 | ||
| work. However, Bluetooth hardware/dongles from these manufacturers
 | ||
| (e.g. iSonic) that support the Microsoft Bluetooth Stack do work.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>A log messageOn the bottom left of the <em>Remote Bluetooth device selection</em>
 | ||
| shows details about the current status of the Bluetooth agent. To select
 | ||
| another dive computer for download using the "Remote Bluetooth selection
 | ||
| dialogue" press the three-dots button from the <em>"Choose Bluetooth download
 | ||
| mode"</em> option.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content"><strong>IN CASE OF PROBLEMS</strong>:  If the Bluetooth adapter from the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
 | ||
| gets stuck and the <em>Download</em> process fails repeatedly,
 | ||
|  <em>unpair</em> the devices and then repeat the above steps. If this is not successful,
 | ||
|  <a href="#S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName"><em>Appendix A</em></a> contains
 | ||
| information for manually setting up and inspecting the Bluetooth connection
 | ||
| with <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="S_DeviceNames">5.2.3. Changing the name of a dive computer</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to
 | ||
| upload dive logs to <em>Subsurface</em>. For instance if one’s partner’s dive
 | ||
| computer is the same make and model as one’s own and dive logs are uploaded
 | ||
| from both dive computers to the same <em>Subsurface</em> computer, then one would
 | ||
| perhaps like to call one dc "Alice’s Suunto D4" and the other one "Bob’s
 | ||
| Suunto D4". Alternatively, consider a technical diver dives with two or more
 | ||
| dive computers of the same model, the logs of both (or all) being uploaded.
 | ||
| In this case it might be prudent to call one of them "Suunto D4 (1)" and
 | ||
| another one "Suunto D4 (2)". This is easily done in <em>Subsurface</em>.  On the
 | ||
| <strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Log → Edit device names</em>. A dialog opens, indicating
 | ||
| the current Model, ID and Nickname of the dive computers used for
 | ||
| upload. Edit the Nickname field for the appropriate dive computer. After
 | ||
| saving the Nickname, the dive logs show the nickname for that particular
 | ||
| device instead of the model name, allowing easy identification of devices.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">5.2.4. Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer.</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>With the uploaded dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the information from the dive
 | ||
| computer is not complete and more details must be added in order to have a
 | ||
| fuller record of the dives. To do this, the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs
 | ||
| on the top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be used.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect4">
 | ||
| <h5 id="S_Notes_dc">Notes</h5>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>To have a more complete dive record the user needs to add additional
 | ||
| information by hand. The procedure below is virtually identical for
 | ||
| hand-entered dives and for dives downloaded from a dive computer.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>In some cases, one has to provide the date and time of the dive, e.g. when
 | ||
| entering a dive by hand or when a dive computer does not provide the date
 | ||
| and time of the dive.  (Usually the date and time of the dive, gas mixture
 | ||
| and water temperature are shown as obtained from the dive computer)  If the
 | ||
| contents of the <strong>Notes tab</strong> is changed or edited in any way, the message in
 | ||
| a blue box at the top of the panel indicates that the dive is being
 | ||
| edited. If one clicks on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab, the following fields are visible
 | ||
| (left hand image, below):</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/AddDive3_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Notes tab" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The right hand image, above, shows a <strong>Notes tab</strong> filled with dive
 | ||
| information.  The <strong>Time</strong> field reflects the date and time of the dive. By
 | ||
| clicking the date, a calendar is displayed from which one can choose the
 | ||
| correct date. Press ESC to close the calendar.  The time values (hour and
 | ||
| minutes) can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text
 | ||
| box and by over-typing the information displayed.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Air/water temperatures</strong>: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown
 | ||
| in text boxes to the right of the Start time. Many dive computers supply water
 | ||
| temperature information and this box may therefore contain information.
 | ||
| If air temperature is not provided by the dive computer, the first temperature reading
 | ||
| might be used for the air temperature. Generally this is close enough to the real air temperature as
 | ||
| the change in the temperature sensor reading is quite slow to follow the changes in the environment.
 | ||
| If editing is required, only a value is required, the units of temperature will be
 | ||
| automatically supplied by
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em> (following the <em>Preferences</em>, metric or imperial units will
 | ||
| be used).</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Location</strong>:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Dive locations are managed as a <strong>separate</strong> part of the dive log.  The dive
 | ||
| information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs can therefore not be edited
 | ||
| at the same time as the dive site information. Save all the other dive
 | ||
| information (e.g.  divemaster, buddy, protective gear, notes about the dive)
 | ||
| by selecting <em>Apply changes</em> on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab before editing the dive site
 | ||
| information. Only then, supply a dive site name in the textbox labelled
 | ||
| <em>Location</em> on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Type the name of the dive site, e.g. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary".  If
 | ||
| several dives are performed at the same location, the dive site information
 | ||
| for the first dive is re-used.  Existing dive location information can be
 | ||
| edited at any time by selecting (on the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel) a dive performed
 | ||
| at that site and by opening the location information by clicking the globe
 | ||
| button on the right of the location name (see image on the right,
 | ||
| above). When entering a dive location name, auto location of dive site names
 | ||
| makes it easy to select an existing dive site name (i.e. when typing the
 | ||
| name of a dive site, a dropdown list appears showing all sites with similar
 | ||
| names). If the dive site has been used before, click on the already-existing
 | ||
| name.  The dive site names in the dropdown list contain either a globe
 | ||
| symbol (indicating existing dive sites in the <em>Subsurface</em> database)  or a
 | ||
| <strong>+</strong> symbol (indicating dive site names that appear consistent with the
 | ||
| current dive site name but which have not been added to the dive site
 | ||
| database).  Therefore, if the present dive site has not been used before, a
 | ||
| message appears as follows (image <strong>A</strong> below):</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Locations1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Location description panel" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Doubleclick on the new dive site name. A panel appears to enter the
 | ||
| coordinates and other important information about the site (image <strong>B</strong>,
 | ||
| above). The most important items are the coordinates of the site. There are
 | ||
| three ways of specifying the coordinates:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| One can find the coordinates on the world map in the bottom right hand part
 | ||
|    of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. The map displays an orange bar indicating "No
 | ||
|    location data - Move the map and double-click to set the dive
 | ||
|    location". Upon a doubleclick at the appropriate place, the orange bar
 | ||
|    disappears and the coordinates are stored.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The coordinates can be obtained from the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app if the
 | ||
|    user has an Android or iPhone device with GPS and if the coordinates of the
 | ||
|    dive site were stored using that device.  <a href="#S_Companion">Click here for
 | ||
|    more information</a>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The coordinates can be entered by hand if they are known, using one of four
 | ||
|    formats with latitude followed by longitude:
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E Degrees and decimal
 | ||
| minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' Degrees minutes seconds,
 | ||
| e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 ,
 | ||
| 30.821798</code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ol></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a
 | ||
| negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with
 | ||
| a <strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323. Some keyboards
 | ||
| don’t have the degree sign (°). It can be replaced by a <strong>d</strong> like this: N30d
 | ||
| W20d.  If both a dive site name and coordinates have been provided, Save the
 | ||
| dive site information by selecting the button <em>Apply changes</em> at the top of
 | ||
| the panel.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the Location
 | ||
| name - so <strong>saving</strong> a dive site with only coordinates and no dive site name
 | ||
| causes unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all of these
 | ||
| dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates the
 | ||
| same).</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive site name lookup:</strong> If coordinates have been typed into the appropriate
 | ||
| text box, one can perform an automated name lookup based on the coordinates.
 | ||
| This is achieved when <em>Subsurface</em> uses the Internet to find the name of the dive site
 | ||
| based on the coordinates that were typed. If a name has been found, it is
 | ||
| automatically inserted into the tags box. The list box
 | ||
| (Titled <em>Dive sites on same coordinates</em>") at the bottom
 | ||
| of the dive site panel contains the names of other dives sites used at the
 | ||
| current location. For instance if the dive site is "Blue Hole" and there are several
 | ||
| dive sites named "Blue Hole", all these sites are listed in this list box.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Enter any other textual information about the dive site (Description and
 | ||
| Notes), then select <em>Apply Changes</em> to save the geolocation for this dive
 | ||
| site. At a later stage the dive site information can be edited by clicking
 | ||
| the globe icon to the right of the dive site name in the <strong>Notes tab</strong>.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive mode</strong>: This is a dropdown box allowing one to choose the type of dive
 | ||
| performed. The options are OC (Open Circuit SCUBA, the default seting, meant for most recreational dives),
 | ||
| Freedive (dive without SCUBA equipment), CCR (Closed-circuit
 | ||
| rebreather) and pSCR (Passive semi-closed rebreather).</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: The name of the dive master or dive guide for this dive should be
 | ||
| entered in this field
 | ||
| which offers auto selection based on the list of dive masters in
 | ||
| the current logbook.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Buddy</strong>: In this field, one enters the name(s) of the buddy / buddies
 | ||
| (separated with commas) who accompanied him/her on the
 | ||
| dive. Auto selection based on the list of buddies in the current logbook is
 | ||
| offered.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Suit</strong>: Here the type of dive suit used can be entered.
 | ||
| Auto selection of the suit description is available.
 | ||
| Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of
 | ||
| suit and thermal undersuit was used.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Rating</strong>: One can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a
 | ||
| 5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibility</strong>: Similarly, one can provide a rating of visibility during the
 | ||
| dive on a
 | ||
| 5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tags</strong>: Tags that describe the type of dive performed can be entered
 | ||
| here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, training,
 | ||
| cave, etc.
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em> has many built-in tags. If the user starts typing a tag, the
 | ||
| program
 | ||
| will list the tags that correspond to the typing. For instance, if the user
 | ||
| typed
 | ||
| <code>cav</code>, then the tags <strong>cave</strong> and <strong>cavern</strong> are shown for the user to choose from.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> and <em>Discard changes</em> buttons are used to save all the
 | ||
| information for tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel and in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, so
 | ||
| there’s no need to use them until <strong>ALL</strong> other information has been
 | ||
| added. The image <a href="#S_Notes_dc">at the beginning of this section</a> shows an
 | ||
| example of a <strong>Notes tab</strong> after completion of the dive information.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect4">
 | ||
| <h5 id="_equipment">Equipment</h5>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The Equipment tab allows one to enter information about the type of cylinder
 | ||
| and gas used as well as the weights used for the dive. The message in a blue
 | ||
| box at the top of the panel:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Blue edit bar" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>indicates that the dive is being edited. This is a highly interactive part
 | ||
| of <em>Subsurface</em> and the information on cylinders and gases (entered here)
 | ||
| determines the behaviour of the <strong>Dive profile</strong> (top right-hand panel).</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph" id="cylinder_definitions"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks
 | ||
| like this:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>For hand-entered dives, this information needs to be typed in. For dive
 | ||
| computers, <em>Subsurface</em> often obtains the gas used from the dive computer
 | ||
| and automatically inserts the gas composition(% oxygen or % helium) in the
 | ||
| table. The + button at the top right allows the user to add more cylinders
 | ||
| for this dive. The dark dustbin icon on the left allows the deletion of
 | ||
| information for a cylinder.  Note that it is not possible to delete a
 | ||
| cylinder if it is used during the dive. A cylinder might be implicitly used
 | ||
| in the dive, even without a gas change event.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The user should start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of
 | ||
| the table.  To select a cylinder, the <em>Type</em> box should be clicked. This
 | ||
| brings up a list button that can be used to display a dropdown list of
 | ||
| cylinders:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The cylinder drop-down list button" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was
 | ||
| used for this dive or the user may start typing in the box which shows the
 | ||
| available options for the entered characters. The <strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as
 | ||
| well as its working pressure (<em>Work.press</em>) will automatically be shown in
 | ||
| the dialogue.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the
 | ||
| specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial)
 | ||
| corresponds to the settings chosen in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the value of 21% can
 | ||
| be entered or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or trimix were used,
 | ||
| their percentages of oxygen and/or helium should be entered.  Any
 | ||
| inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing the information for
 | ||
| the cylinder, save the data either by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by
 | ||
| clicking outside the cell containing the cursor. Information for any
 | ||
| additional cylinders can be added by using the + button at the top right
 | ||
| hand. Following is an example of a complete description for a dive using two
 | ||
| cylinders (air and EAN50):</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Weights</strong>: Information about the weight system used can be entered
 | ||
| using a dialogue very similar to that of the cylinder information. If one
 | ||
| clicks
 | ||
| the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks like
 | ||
| this:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The Weights dialogue" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>By clicking on the <em>Type</em> field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through
 | ||
| a down-arrow:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>This can be used to select the type of weight system used during the dive or
 | ||
| the user may start typing in the box to specify a different weighting
 | ||
| mechanism that will be saved by <em>Subsurface</em>.  In the <strong>Weight</strong> field, type
 | ||
| in the amount of weight used during the dive. After specifying the weight
 | ||
| system, save the data by either pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by
 | ||
| clicking outside the cell with the cursor.  It is possible to enter
 | ||
| information for more than one weight system by adding an additional system
 | ||
| using the + button on the top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted
 | ||
| using the dustbin icon on the left hand. Here is an example of information
 | ||
| for a dive with two types of weights: integrated as well as a weight belt:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_editing_several_selected_dives_simultaneously">5.2.5. Editing several selected dives simultaneously</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>METHOD 1</em>: After uploading dives from a dive computer, the dive profiles of
 | ||
| each uploaded dive is shown in the <strong>Dive profile</strong> tab, as well as a few
 | ||
| items of information in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab (e.g. water temperature) and in the
 | ||
| <strong>Equipment</strong> tab (e.g. gas pressures and gas composition). However the other
 | ||
| fields remain empty.  It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of the
 | ||
| fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs.  For instance, it is possible
 | ||
| that a diver performed several dives during a single day, using identical
 | ||
| equipment while diving at the same dive site or with the same dive master
 | ||
| and/or buddy or tags. Instead of completing the information for each of
 | ||
| these dives separately, one can select all the dives for that day in the
 | ||
| <strong>Dive List</strong> and insert the same information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong>
 | ||
| fields that need identical information. This is achieved by editing the dive
 | ||
| notes or the equipment for any one of the selected dives.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain
 | ||
| information.  This means that, if some fields have been edited for a
 | ||
| particular dive among the selected dives, these are not changed while
 | ||
| editing the dives simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several
 | ||
| dives simultaneously is: if the data field being edited contains <em>exactly
 | ||
| the same information</em> for all the dives that have been selected, the new,
 | ||
| edited information is substituted for all the selected dives, otherwise only
 | ||
| the edited dive is changed, even though several dives have been selected in
 | ||
| the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This greatly speeds up the completion of the dive log after
 | ||
| several similar dives.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>METHOD 2</em>:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a
 | ||
| dive with all the appropriate information typed into the <strong>Notes</strong> and
 | ||
| <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Copy dive
 | ||
| components</em>.  A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of
 | ||
| the fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs.  Select the fields to be
 | ||
| copied from the currently selected dive, then select <em>OK</em>. Now, in the <strong>Dive
 | ||
| List</strong>, select the dives into which this information is to be pasted. Then,
 | ||
| from the main menu, select <em>Log → Paste dive components</em>.  All the selected
 | ||
| dives now contain the data initially selected in the original source dive
 | ||
| log.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_adding_bookmarks_to_a_dive">5.2.6. Adding Bookmarks to a dive</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers wish to annotate their dives with text that indicate particular
 | ||
| events during the dive, e.g. "Saw dolphins", or "Released surface
 | ||
| buoy". This is easily done:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile.  This brings up
 | ||
|    the dive profile context menu. Select <em>Add bookmark</em>. A red flag is placed
 | ||
|    on the dive profile at the point that was initially selected (see <strong>A</strong>
 | ||
|    below).
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see <strong>B</strong>
 | ||
|    below). Select <em>Edit name</em>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see <strong>C</strong>
 | ||
|    below). Select <em>OK</em>.  This saves the text associated with the bookmark.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| If one hovers using the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is
 | ||
|    shown at the bottom of the information box (see <strong>D</strong> below).
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Bookmark dialog" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_saving_the_updated_dive_information">5.2.7. Saving the updated dive information</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab can be
 | ||
| saved by using the two buttons on the top right hand of the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. If
 | ||
| the <em>Apply changes</em> button is clicked, the dive data are saved in the memory
 | ||
| image of the dive. If the <em>Discard changes</em> button is clicked, then the
 | ||
| newly entered dive data are erased from the computer memory, although the
 | ||
| dive profile is retained. When the user exits <em>Subsurface</em> there is a final
 | ||
| prompt to confirm that the new data should now be saved permanently on the
 | ||
| computer disk.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_importer_les_informations_à_partir_d_8217_autres_sources_de_données_numériques_ou_d_8217_autres_formats_de_données">5.3. Importer les informations à partir d’autres sources de données numériques ou d’autres formats de données</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph" id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs"><p>If a user has been diving for some time, it is possible that several dives
 | ||
| were logged using other dive log software. This information does not need
 | ||
| retyping because these dive logs can probably be imported into
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> will import dive logs from a range of other dive
 | ||
| log software. While some software is supported natively, for others the user
 | ||
| has to export the logbook(s) to an intermediate format so that they can then
 | ||
| be imported by <em>Subsurface</em>.  Currently, <em>Subsurface</em> supports importing CSV
 | ||
| log files from several sources.  APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear
 | ||
| files are preconfigured, but because the import is flexible, users can
 | ||
| configure their own imports.  Manually kept log files (e.g. a spreadsheet)
 | ||
| can also be imported by configuring the CSV import.  <em>Subsurface</em> can also
 | ||
| import UDDF and UDCF files used by some divelog software and some dive
 | ||
| computers, like the Heinrichs & Weikamp DR5. Finally, for some divelog
 | ||
| software like Mares Dive Organiser it is currently suggested to import the
 | ||
| logbooks first into a webservice like <em>divelogs.de</em> and then import them
 | ||
| from there with <em>Subsurface</em>, as divelogs.de supports a few additional
 | ||
| logbook formats that <em>Subsurface</em> currently cannot parse.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, it
 | ||
| should be sufficient to select either <em>Import → Import log files</em> or <em>File
 | ||
| → Open log file</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> supports the data formats of many dive
 | ||
| computers, including Suunto and Shearwater. When importing dives,
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em> tries to detect multiple records for the same dive and merges
 | ||
| the information as best as it can. If there are no time zone issues (or
 | ||
| other reasons that would cause the beginning time of the dives to be
 | ||
| significantly different) <em>Subsurface</em> will not create duplicate
 | ||
| entries. Below follows more specific information to achieve data import to
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_using_the_universal_import_dialogue">5.3.1. Using the universal import dialogue</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph" id="Unified_import"><p>Importing dives from other software is performed through a universal
 | ||
| interface activated by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then clicking
 | ||
| on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This brings up dialogue <strong>A</strong>, below.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Import dialogue: step 1" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label of
 | ||
| <em>Dive Log Files</em> which gives access to the different types of direct imports
 | ||
| available, as in dialogue <strong>B</strong>, above. Currently these are:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log
 | ||
|    systems)
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Cochran dive logs
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozoooid)
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| UDCF-formatted dive logs
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Poseidon MkVI CCR logs
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR logs
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| LiquiVision logs
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| divelog.de logs
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| OSTC Tools logs
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| JDiveLog
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 and DM4)
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the appropriate format and then the specific log file in the large
 | ||
| window containing the file list on the right of the dialogue opens the
 | ||
| imported dive log in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong>. Some other formats, not
 | ||
| accessible through the Import dialogue are also supported, as explained
 | ||
| below.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_importing_from_ostctools">5.3.2. Importing from  OSTCTools</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>OSTC Tools</em> is a Microsoft-based suite of dive download and dive management
 | ||
| tools for the OSTC family of dive computers. <em>OSTC Tools</em> downloads dive
 | ||
| data from the dive computer and stores it as a binary file with file
 | ||
| extension <em>.dive</em> . Subsurface can directly import these files when using
 | ||
| the universal import dialogue. From the dropdown list at the bottom right
 | ||
| select <em>OSTCTools Files (.dive .DIVE)</em>. This makes the <em>OSTC Tools</em> dive
 | ||
| logs visible in the file list panel. Select one or more dive, then click the
 | ||
| <em>Open</em> button. The OSTC dives are shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Actually, all H&W devices supported by OSTCTools can be imported to
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em>, this includes OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C, OSTC3, OSTC Sport,
 | ||
| and probably although untested, Frog, OSTC2 and OSTC CR.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Please, remember that OSTCTools is <strong>not</strong> a true diving log software, but a
 | ||
| useful set of tools for analysis and management of OSTC devices. This way,
 | ||
| only raw dive computer data will be performed with the import to
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em>; one has to to manually complete the rest of data which may be
 | ||
| important (buddies, equipment, notes, etc).</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_importing_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">5.3.3. Importing from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Since Mares utilise proprietary Windows software not compatible with
 | ||
| multi-platform applications, these dive logs cannot be directly imported
 | ||
| into <em>Subsurface</em>. Mares dive logs need to be imported using a three-step
 | ||
| process, using <em>www.divelogs.de</em> as a mechanism to extract the dive log
 | ||
| information.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Export the dive log data from Mares Dive Organiser to the user’s desktop,
 | ||
|    using a <em>.sdf</em> file name extension. Refer to <a href="#Mares_Export">Appendix C</a>
 | ||
|    for more information.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Data should then be imported into <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. One needs to create a
 | ||
|    user account in <em>www.divelogs.de</em>, log into that web site, then select
 | ||
|    <em>Import Logbook → Dive Organiser</em> from the menu on the left hand side.  The
 | ||
|    instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive information (in
 | ||
|    <em>.sdf</em> format) from the Dive Organiser database to <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Finally, import the dives from <em>divelogs.de</em> to <em>Subsurface</em>, using the
 | ||
|    instructions below.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ol></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">5.3.4. Importing dives from <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive information from <em>divelogs.de</em> is simple, using a single
 | ||
| dialogue box. The <em>Import → Import from Divelogs.de</em> option should be
 | ||
| selected from the Main Menu. This brings up a dialogue box (see image <strong>A</strong>
 | ||
| below). Enter a user-ID and password for <em>divelogs.de</em> into the appropriate
 | ||
| fields and then select the <em>Download</em> button. Download from <em>divelogs.de</em>
 | ||
| starts immediately, displaying a progress bar in the dialogue box. At the
 | ||
| end of the download, the success status is indicated (see image <strong>B</strong>,
 | ||
| below). The <em>Apply</em> button should then be selected, after which the imported
 | ||
| dives appear in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">5.3.5. Importer des données au format CSV</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either
 | ||
| as dive profiles (as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed
 | ||
| circuit rebreathers) or as dive metadata (in case the user keeps dive data
 | ||
| in a spreadsheet). The <em>CSV</em> format is a universal simplified format that
 | ||
| allows for easy information exchange between different computers or software
 | ||
| packages. For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see <a href="#S_CSV_Intro">A
 | ||
| Diver’s Introduction To CSV Files</a>. <em>Subsurface</em> dive logs can also be
 | ||
| exported in <em>CSV</em> format to other software that reads this format. See
 | ||
| <a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</a> for
 | ||
| information that may be helpful for importing spreadsheet-based data into
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect4">
 | ||
| <h5 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir des ordinateurs de plongées ou d’autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</h5>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>One can view a <em>CSV</em> file by using an ordinary text editor. It is normally
 | ||
| organised into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em> or
 | ||
| <em>column headings</em>) of the data columns, followed by the data, one record per
 | ||
| line.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>There are two types of <em>CSV</em> dive logs that can be imported into
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>CSV dive details</em>: This dive log format contains similar information to
 | ||
|    that of a typical written dive log, e.g. dive date and time, dive depth,
 | ||
|    dive duration, names of buddy and dive master and perhaps some information
 | ||
|    about cylinder pressures before and after the dive, as well as a comment or
 | ||
|    two about the dive. All the data for a single dive go on a single line of
 | ||
|    text, following the order of the column headings.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>CSV dive profile</em>: This dive log format includes much more information
 | ||
|    about a single dive. For instance there may be information at 30-second
 | ||
|    intervals, indicating depth, water temperature at that depth, and cylinder
 | ||
|    pressure at that moment in time. Each line contains the information for a
 | ||
|    single instant in time during the dive, 30 seconds after that of the
 | ||
|    previous instant. Many lines are required to complete the depth profile
 | ||
|    information for a single dive. This is a common export format used by
 | ||
|    closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive equipment and many software packages
 | ||
|    that handle dive computer data and/or dive logs.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ol></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Before being able to import the <em>CSV</em> data to <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>one needs to
 | ||
| know a few things about the data being imported</strong>:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Which character separates the different columns within a single line of
 | ||
|    data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) a semicolon (;) or a
 | ||
|    TAB character.  This can be determined by opening the file with a text
 | ||
|    editor. If it is comma-delimited or semicolon-delimited, the comma or
 | ||
|    semicolon characters between the values are clearly visible. If these are
 | ||
|    not evident and the numbers are aligned in columns, the file is probably
 | ||
|    TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field separator).
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Which data columns need to be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>? Is it a <em>CSV dive
 | ||
|    details</em> file or a <em>CSV dive profile</em> file? Open the file using a text
 | ||
|    editor and note the titles of the columns to be imported and their column
 | ||
|    positions.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial units?
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ol></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Armed with this information, importing the data into <em>Subsurface</em> is
 | ||
| straightforward. Select <em>Import → Import Log Files</em> from the main menu. In
 | ||
| the resulting file selection menu, select <em>CSV files</em> (towards the bottom
 | ||
| right). This shows all .CSV files in the selected directory. Select the file
 | ||
| that needs to be imported. A configuration panel appears as depicted below:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/csv_import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 1" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Notice that, at the top left, there is a dropdown list containing
 | ||
| pre-configured settings for some of the more common dive computers and
 | ||
| software packages encountered by divers. If the <em>CSV</em> file being imported
 | ||
| originated from any of these pre-configured items, then select it. Otherwise
 | ||
| use the <em>Manual Import</em> option. The configuration panel also has dropdown
 | ||
| lists for the specification of the appropriate field separator (Tab, comma
 | ||
| or semicolon), the date format used in the <em>CSV</em> file, the time units
 | ||
| (seconds, minutes or minutes:seconds), as well as the unit system (metric or
 | ||
| imperial). Selecting the appropriate options among these is critical for the
 | ||
| successful import of the data.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The last remaining task is to ensure that all the data columns have the
 | ||
| appropriate column headings. The top blue row of the data table contains the
 | ||
| column headings found in the <em>CSV</em> data file. The blue row of balloons
 | ||
| immediately above these contains the names understood by <em>Subsurface</em>. These
 | ||
| balloons can be moved using a drag-and-drop action. For instance,
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em> expects the column heading for Dive number (" # ") to be "Dive
 | ||
| # ". If the column heading that <em>Subsurface</em> expects is not in the blue row,
 | ||
| then drag the appropriate balloon from the upper area and drop it in the
 | ||
| appropriate blue cell at the top of the table. To indicate the correct
 | ||
| column for "Dive #", drag the ballooned item labelled "Dive # " and drop it
 | ||
| in the blue cell immediately above the white cell containing " # ". This is
 | ||
| depicted in the image below.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/csv_import2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 2" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Continue in this way to ensure that all the column headings in the blue row
 | ||
| of cells correspond to the headings listed in the top part of the
 | ||
| dialogue. Having completed this task, select the <em>OK</em> button to the bottom
 | ||
| right of the dialogue.  The data from the <em>CSV</em> file are imported and shown
 | ||
| in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>A Diver’s Introduction to <em>CSV</em> Files</strong></p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content"><em>CSV</em> is an abbreviation for a data file format: <em>Comma-Separated
 | ||
| Values</em>. It is a file format allowing someone to view or edit the
 | ||
| information using a text editor such as Notepad (Windows), gedit (Linux) or
 | ||
| TextWrangler (OS/X). The two main advantages of the <em>CSV</em> format is that the
 | ||
| data are easily editable as text without any proprietary software and
 | ||
| ensuring all information is human-readable, not being obscured by any custom
 | ||
| or proprietary attributes that proprietary software insert into files.
 | ||
| Because of its simplicity the <em>CSV</em> format is used as an interchange format
 | ||
| between many software packages, e.g. between spreadsheet, statistical,
 | ||
| graphics, database and diving software. Within <em>Subsurface</em>, <em>CSV</em> files can
 | ||
| also be used to import information from other sources such as
 | ||
| spreadsheet-based dive logs and even from some dive computers.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>CSV</em> files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most
 | ||
| important attribute of a <em>CSV</em> file is the <em>field separator</em>, the character
 | ||
| used to separate fields within a single line. The field separator is
 | ||
| frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When
 | ||
| exporting data from spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be
 | ||
| specified in order to create the <em>CSV</em> file. <em>CSV</em> files are normally
 | ||
| organised into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em>) of
 | ||
| the data columns, followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each
 | ||
| field name may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance
 | ||
| <em>Dive site</em>, below. Here is an example of dive information for four dives
 | ||
| using a comma as a field separator:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy
 | ||
| Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith
 | ||
| Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald
 | ||
| Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht
 | ||
| Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The above data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same information
 | ||
| in TAB-delimited format:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>Dive site       Dive date       Time    Dive_duration   Dive_depth      Dive buddy
 | ||
| Illovo Beach    2012-11-23      10:45   46:15   18.4    John Smith
 | ||
| Key Largo       2012-11-24      09:12   34:15   20.4    Jason McDonald
 | ||
| Wismar Baltic   2012-12-01      10:13   35:27   15.4    Dieter Albrecht
 | ||
| Pulau Weh       2012-12-20      09:46   55:56   38.6    Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the
 | ||
| comma-delimited format. The disadvantage is that one cannot see the TAB
 | ||
| characters. For instance, the space between <em>Dive</em> and <em>date</em> in the top
 | ||
| line may be a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE
 | ||
| character: the tabs are before and after <em>Dive date</em>). If the field names in
 | ||
| the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines cannot
 | ||
| be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited
 | ||
| example of a <em>CSV</em> dive log from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive
 | ||
| computer:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>Dive Time (s)   Depth (m)       pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar)  pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius)
 | ||
| 0       0.0     0.70    0.81    13.1
 | ||
| 0       1.2     0.70    0.71    13.1
 | ||
| 0       0.0     0.70    0.71    13.1
 | ||
| 0       1.2     0.70    0.71    13.2
 | ||
| 0       1.2     0.70    0.71    13.1
 | ||
| 10      1.6     0.70    0.72    12.7
 | ||
| 20      1.6     0.70    0.71    12.6
 | ||
| 30      1.7     0.70    0.71    12.6
 | ||
| 40      1.8     0.70    0.68    12.5</code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>When a <em>CSV</em> file is selected for import, <em>Subsurface</em> displays the column
 | ||
| headers as well as some of the data in the first few lines of the <em>CSV</em>
 | ||
| file, making it much easier to work with <em>CSV</em> files.  <em>CSV</em> files can
 | ||
| therefore be used in many contexts for importing data into a <em>Subsurface</em>
 | ||
| dive log.  Knowledge of a few basic things about the content of the <em>CSV</em>
 | ||
| file allows a smooth import of the dives into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">The <em>CSV</em> import has a couple of caveats. One should avoid some special
 | ||
| characters like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double
 | ||
| quotes (") as part of the numbers or text within a cell. The file should use
 | ||
| UTF-8 character set, if using non-ASCII characters. Also the size of the
 | ||
| <em>CSV</em> file might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time (<em>CSV dive
 | ||
| details</em>) works, but larger files might exceed the limits of the parser
 | ||
| used. When encountering problems with <em>CSV</em> imports, first try with a
 | ||
| smaller file to make sure everything works.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_Companion">5.4. Importing GPS coordinates with the <em>Subsurface Companion App</em> for mobile phones</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Using the <strong>Subsurface Companion App</strong> on an <em>Android device</em>   or
 | ||
| <a href="#S_iphone"><em>iPhone</em></a> with GPS, the coordinates
 | ||
| for the diving
 | ||
| location can be automatically passed to the <em>Subsurface</em>
 | ||
| dive log. The Companion App stores the dive locations on
 | ||
| a dedicated Internet file server. <em>Subsurface</em>, in turn, can collect
 | ||
| the localities from the file server.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>To do this:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_create_a_companion_app_account">5.4.1. Create a Companion App account</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Register on the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web
 | ||
|   page</em></a>.  A confirmation email with instructions and a personal <strong>DIVERID</strong>
 | ||
|   will be sent, a long number that gives access to the file server and
 | ||
|   Companion App capabilities.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Download the app from
 | ||
|   <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface">Google Play
 | ||
|   Store</a> or from
 | ||
|   <a href="http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface">F-Droid</a>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_using_the_subsurface_companion_app_on_an_android_smartphone">5.4.2. Using the Subsurface companion app on an Android smartphone</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>On first use the app has three options:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Create a new account.</em> Equivalent to registering in <em>Subsurface</em> companion
 | ||
|   page using an Internet browser. One can request a <strong>DIVERID</strong> using this
 | ||
|   option, but this is supplied via email and followed up by interaction with
 | ||
|   the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a> in order
 | ||
|   to activate the account.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Retrieve an account.</em> If users forgot their <strong>DIVERID</strong> they will receive an
 | ||
|   email to recover the number.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Use an existing account.</em> Users are prompted for their <strong>DIVERID</strong>. The app
 | ||
|   saves this <strong>DIVERID</strong> and does not ask for it again unless one uses the
 | ||
|   <em>Disconnect</em> menu option (see below).
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">In the <em>Subsurface</em> main program, the <strong>DIVERID</strong> should also be entered on
 | ||
| the Default Preferences panel, obtained by selecting <em>File → Preferences →
 | ||
| Defaults</em> from the main menu in <em>Subsurface</em> itself.  This facilitates
 | ||
| synchronisation between <em>Subsurface</em> and the Companion App.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect4">
 | ||
| <h5 id="_creating_new_dive_locations">Creating new dive locations</h5>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Now one is ready to get a dive position and send it to the server. The
 | ||
| Android display will look like the left hand image (<strong>A</strong>) below, but without
 | ||
| any dives.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Touch the "+" icon on the top right to add a new dive site, a menu will be
 | ||
| showed with 3 options:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Current: A prompt for a place name (or a request to activate the GPS if it
 | ||
|   is turned off) will be displayed, after which the current location is saved.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Use Map: This option allows the user to fix a position by searching a world
 | ||
|   map. A world map is shown (see <strong>B</strong> below) on which one should indicate the
 | ||
|   desired position with a <em>long press</em> on the touch sensitive screen (if the
 | ||
|   marked location is erroneous, simply indicate a new location)  and select
 | ||
|   the check symbol in the upper right. A dialog is shown allowing to enter the
 | ||
|   name of the dive location and the date-time of the dive (see <strong>C</strong> below). In
 | ||
|   order to import this dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> it’s advisable to set the
 | ||
|   time to agree with the time of that dive on the dive computer.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and
 | ||
|   located archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and the
 | ||
|   stored locations shown. Now one needs to select the appropriate locations,
 | ||
|   then select the tab in the upper right, after which the locations will be
 | ||
|   sent to the web service and added to the list on the Android device.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect4">
 | ||
| <h5 id="_dive_lists_of_dive_locations">Dive lists of dive locations</h5>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and
 | ||
| time (see <strong>A</strong> below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the
 | ||
| selection box to the left indicating that they require upload to the
 | ||
| server. One can select individual dive locations from the list. A selected
 | ||
| location has a check mark in the selection box on the left. Group operations
 | ||
| (such as <em>Delete</em> or <em>Send</em>)  are performed on several locations that are
 | ||
| selected.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations
 | ||
| or a map indicating the dive locations. The display mode (List or Map) is
 | ||
| changed by selecting <em>Dives</em> at the top left of the screen (see <strong>A</strong> below)
 | ||
| and then selecting the display mode. The display mode can be changed either
 | ||
| from the list of locations or from the map (see <strong>B</strong> below). If one selects a
 | ||
| location (on the list or on the map), an editing panel opens (see <strong>C</strong> below)
 | ||
| where the dive description or other details may be changed.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Companion_4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>When one selects a dive (<strong>not</strong> selecting the check box), the name given to
 | ||
| it, date/time and GPS coordinates will be shown, with two options at the top
 | ||
| of the screen:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive
 | ||
|   location.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Maps: Display a map showing the dive location.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>After editing and saving a dive location (see <strong>C</strong> above), one needs to
 | ||
| upload it to the web service, as explained below.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect4">
 | ||
| <h5 id="_uploading_dive_locations">Uploading dive locations</h5>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>There are several ways to send locations to the server.  The easiest is by
 | ||
| simply selecting the locations (See <strong>A</strong> below) and then touching the right
 | ||
| arrow at the top right of the screen.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Users must be careful, as the trash icon on the right means exactly what it
 | ||
| should; it deletes the selected dive location(s).</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Screen shots (A-B) of companion app" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to
 | ||
| be downloaded to a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log (see below).</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect4">
 | ||
| <h5 id="_settings_on_the_companion_app">Settings on the Companion App</h5>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Settings</em> menu option results in the right hand image above
 | ||
| (<strong>B</strong>).</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect4">
 | ||
| <h5 id="_server_and_account">Server and account</h5>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Web-service URL.</em> This is predefined (<a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a>)
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>User ID.</em> The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The
 | ||
|   easiest way to obtain it is simply to copy and paste from the confirmation
 | ||
|   email but, of course, users can also type this information.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect4">
 | ||
| <h5 id="_synchronisation">Synchronisation</h5>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Synchronize on startup</em>. If selected, dive locations in the Android device
 | ||
|   and those on the web service synchronise each time the app is started.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Upload new dives.</em> If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it
 | ||
|   is automatically sent to the server.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect4">
 | ||
| <h5 id="_background_service">Background service</h5>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Instead of entering a unique dive location, users can leave the service
 | ||
| running in the background of their Android device, allowing the continuous
 | ||
| collection of GPS locations.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The settings below define the behaviour of the service:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Min duration.</em> In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X
 | ||
|   minutes until stopped by the user.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Min distance.</em> In meters. Minimum distance between two locations.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Name template.</em> The name the app will use when saving the locations.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Tip" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content"><em>How does the background service work?</em> Assuming the user sets 5 minutes and
 | ||
| 50 meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location
 | ||
| at the current location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes <strong>or</strong>
 | ||
| every time one moves 50 m from previous location.  If subsequent locations
 | ||
| are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one, a new location is
 | ||
| not saved. If the user is not moving, only one location is saved, but if the
 | ||
| user is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a location every
 | ||
| 50 meters.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect4">
 | ||
| <h5 id="_other">Other</h5>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Mailing List.</em> The mail box for <em>Subsurface</em>. Users can send an email to
 | ||
| the Subsurface mailing list.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface website.</em> A link to the URL of Subsurface web
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Version.</em> Displays the current version of the Companion App.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect4">
 | ||
| <h5 id="_search">Search</h5>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect4">
 | ||
| <h5 id="_start_service">Start service</h5>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Initiates the <em>background service</em> following the previously defined
 | ||
| settings.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect4">
 | ||
| <h5 id="_disconnect">Disconnect</h5>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>This is a badly named option that disconnects the app from the server by
 | ||
| resetting the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an account
 | ||
| can be created, retrieve the ID for an existing account or use the users own
 | ||
| ID. The disconnect option is useful if a user’s Android device was used to
 | ||
| download the dive locations of another registered diver.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect4">
 | ||
| <h5 id="_send_all_locations">Send all locations</h5>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="S_iphone">5.4.3. Using the Subsurface companion app on an <em>iPhone</em> to record dive locations</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The iPhone interface is quite simple. One needs to type the user ID
 | ||
| (obtained during registration) into the space reserved for it, then select
 | ||
| "Dive in" (see left part of the image below) and start collecting dive
 | ||
| location information.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/iphone.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Using iPhone companion application" width="640" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be added automatically or manually. In manual mode, a dive
 | ||
| location or waypoint is added to the GPS input stream. In automatic mode, a
 | ||
| continuous path of GPS locations is created from which, much later, after
 | ||
| import, subsurface can select the appropriate GPS locations based on the
 | ||
| times of dives. The default mode for the <em>iphone</em> is automatic. When one
 | ||
| adds a dive, the location service is started automatically and a red bar
 | ||
| appears at the bottom of the screen. After the dive one can click on the red
 | ||
| bar to end the location service. While the location service is running one
 | ||
| can only add dives using the manual mechanism.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>One can edit the site name afterwards by selecting the dive from the dive
 | ||
| list and clicking on the site name. There are no other editable fields. The
 | ||
| dive list is automatically uploaded from the iPhone to the webservice and
 | ||
| there is not an option to trigger upload manually.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_downloading_dive_locations_to_the_em_subsurface_em_divelog">5.4.4. Downloading dive locations to the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em> before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The
 | ||
| download dialog can be reached via <em>Ctrl+G</em> or from the <em>Subsurface</em> Main
 | ||
| Menu <em>Import → Import GPS data from Subsurface Service</em>, resulting in the
 | ||
| image on the left (<strong>A</strong>), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is
 | ||
| blank. Provide a DIVERID, then select the <em>Download</em> button to initiate the
 | ||
| download process, after which the screen on the right (<strong>B</strong>) below appears:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/DownloadGPS.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Downloading Companion app GPS data" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Note that the <em>Apply</em> button is now active. By clicking on it, users can
 | ||
| update the locations of the newly entered or uploaded dives in <em>Subsurface</em>
 | ||
| which applies the coordinates and names entered on the app for all the new
 | ||
| dives that match the date-times of the uploaded GPS localities. If one has
 | ||
| entered the name of the dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> before downloading the
 | ||
| GPS coordinates, this name will take precedence over downloaded one.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Since <em>Subsurface</em> matches GPS locations from the Android device and dive
 | ||
| information from the dive computer based on date-time data, automatic
 | ||
| assignment of GPS data to dives is dependent on agreement of the date-time
 | ||
| information between these two devices. Although <em>Subsurface</em> has a wide
 | ||
| range tolerance, it may be unable to identify the appropriate dive if there
 | ||
| is a large difference between the time in the dive computer and that of the
 | ||
| Android device, resulting in no updates.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons
 | ||
| for this (e.g. time zones), or <em>Subsurface</em> may be unable to decide which is
 | ||
| the correct position for a dive (e.g. on repetitive dives while running
 | ||
| <em>background service</em> there may be several locations that would be included
 | ||
| in the time range that fit not only the first dive, but one or more
 | ||
| subsequent dives as well).  A workaround for this situation to manually edit
 | ||
| the date-time of a dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> Dive List <strong>before</strong> downloading
 | ||
| the GPS data and then to change the date-time back again <strong>after</strong> downloading
 | ||
| GPS data.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">TIPS:</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Background service</em>, being a very powerful tool, may fill the location list
 | ||
|   with many unnecessary locations not corresponding to the exact dive point
 | ||
|   but reflecting the boat’s route.  Currently these locations are difficult to
 | ||
|   delete from the server. In some situations it is therefore prudent to clean
 | ||
|   up the list on the Android device before sending the dive points to the web
 | ||
|   server by simply deleting the inappropriate locations. This might be
 | ||
|   necessary, for instance, if one wants to keep the location list clear to see
 | ||
|   dives in the web service map display (see above).
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to
 | ||
|   the web server, or at least to use an informative name in the <em>Name
 | ||
|   Template</em> setting while running the <em>background service</em>, especially on a
 | ||
|   dive trip with many dives and dive locations.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_LoadImage">5.5. Adding photographs to dives</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Many (if not most) divers take a camera with them and take photographs
 | ||
| during a dive. One would like to associate each photograph with a specific
 | ||
| dive. <em>Subsurface</em> allows one to load photos into a dive. Photos are
 | ||
| superimposed on the dive profile, from where they can be viewed.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_loading_photos_and_getting_synchronisation_between_dive_computer_and_camera">5.5.1. Loading photos and getting synchronisation between dive computer and camera</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list. Then
 | ||
| right-click on this dive or group of dives and choose the option <em>Load
 | ||
| Images</em>:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs that need
 | ||
| to be loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and click the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>This brings up the time synchronisation dialog, shown below. The critical
 | ||
| problem is that the time synchronisation is not perfect between the dive
 | ||
| computer used during a dive, and the camera used during that same
 | ||
| dive. These two devices often differ by several minutes. If <em>Subsurface</em> can
 | ||
| achieve synchronisation, then the exact times of photographs can be used to
 | ||
| position photographs on the dive profile.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> achieves this synchronisation in three ways:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <strong>Pro-actively</strong>: Before the dive, ensure synchronisation of the dive computer time settings with
 | ||
|   the time settings of the camera by changing the date-time settings on one or both of these devices.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <strong>Manually</strong>: If the user wrote down the exact camera time at the start of a dive, the
 | ||
|   difference in time between the two devices can be determined. Actually, as long as the device
 | ||
|   settings for time has not been changed in either device, one could write down the times of
 | ||
|   both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day. One can then manually set the time
 | ||
|   difference in the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. Towards the top of the dialog is a time setting tool
 | ||
|   immediately under the heading <em>Shift times of image(s) by</em>, evident in figure <strong>A</strong> below.
 | ||
|   If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting
 | ||
|   tool to a value of 00:07.  Select either the <em>earlier</em> or <em>later</em> radio button.
 | ||
|   In the above example, the <em>earlier</em> option is appropriate, since the photos need to be shifted
 | ||
|   7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any "AM" or "PM" suffix
 | ||
|   in that tool. Click the <em>OK</em> button and synchronisation is achieved.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Synchronisation dialog" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <strong>By photograph</strong>: There is a very slick way of achieving synchronisation. If one takes a
 | ||
|   photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time, then <em>Subsurface</em> can obtain
 | ||
|   the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata that the camera stores within
 | ||
|   each photo. In order to do this, use the bottom half of the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. If one uses
 | ||
|   the bottom part, the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on
 | ||
|   the horizontal bar entitled "<em>Select image of dive computer showing time</em>. This brings up
 | ||
|   a file browser with which one can select the photograph of the dive computer time. Select the
 | ||
|   photograph using the file browser and click on <em>OK</em>. This photograph of the dive computer
 | ||
|   appears in the bottom panel of the <em>Shift times</em> dialog. Now <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly
 | ||
|   when the photograph has been taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo
 | ||
|   so that this tool reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the
 | ||
|   date-time tool has been set, <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly what the time difference between
 | ||
|   camera and dive computer is, and synchronisation is achieved.
 | ||
|   Image <strong>B</strong> above shows a photograph of the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the
 | ||
|   date-time.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>If the timestamp of a photograph is more than 30 minutes before or after the
 | ||
| dive, it is not placed on the dive profile.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_viewing_the_photos">5.5.2. Viewing the photos</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions
 | ||
|    reflecting the time each photograph was taken.  In order to view the photos
 | ||
|    on the dive profile, activate the <em>show-photos</em> button in the tool bar to
 | ||
|    the left of the dive profile:
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>This results in a profile display as in the image below:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Photos on dive profile" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>If one hovers with the mouse over any of the photo icons, then a thumbnail
 | ||
| photo is shown of the appropriate photo. See the image below:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Thumbnail photo on dive profile" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size photo overlaid on the
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em> window. This allows good viewing of the photographs that have
 | ||
| been added (see the image below). Note that the thumbnail has a small
 | ||
| dustbin icon in the bottom right hand corner (see image above). If one
 | ||
| selects the dustbin, the image is removed from the dive. Therefore some care
 | ||
| is required when clicking on a thumbnail. Images can also be deleted using
 | ||
| the <em>Photos</em> tab (see text below).</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_the_em_photos_em_tab">5.5.3. The <em>Photos</em> tab</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the <em>Photos</em>
 | ||
| tab of the <em>Notes</em> panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a dive
 | ||
| (therefore sometimes with large overlap on the dive profile) can easily be
 | ||
| accessed in the <em>Photos</em> tab. This tab serves as a tool for individually
 | ||
| accessing the photos of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile give an
 | ||
| indication of when during a dive a photo was taken. By single-clicking on a
 | ||
| thumbnail in the <em>Photos</em> panel, a photo is selected. By double-clicking a
 | ||
| thumbnail, the full-sized image is shown, overlaying the <em>Subsurface</em>
 | ||
| window. A photo can be deleted from the <em>Photos</em> panel by selecting it
 | ||
| (single-click) and then by pressing the <em>Del</em> key on the keyboard. This
 | ||
| removes the photo both from the <em>Photos</em> tab as well as the dive profile.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_photos_on_an_external_hard_disk">5.5.4. Photos on an external hard disk</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Most underwater photographers store their photos on an external drive. If
 | ||
| such a drive can be mapped by the operating system (almost always the case)
 | ||
| the photos can be directly accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. This facilitates the
 | ||
| interaction between <em>Subsurface</em> and an external repository of photos. When
 | ||
| associating a dive profile with photos from an external drive, the normal
 | ||
| procedure of selection and synchronisation (see text above) is used.
 | ||
| However, after the external drive has been disconnected, <em>Subsurface</em> cannot
 | ||
| access these photos any more.  If the display of photos is activated (using
 | ||
| the toolbox to the left of the <em>Dive Profile</em>), the program only shows a
 | ||
| small white dot where each photo should be on the dive profile.  In addition
 | ||
| the <em>Photos</em> tab only shows the file names of the photos. This is normal
 | ||
| behaviour.  If, later, the external drive with the photos is connected
 | ||
| again, the photos can be seen in the normal way.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="S_FindMovedImages">5.5.5. Moving photographs among directories, hard disks or computers</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>After a photograph has been loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and associated with a specific dive, the directory
 | ||
|  where the photo lies is stored, allowing <em>Subsurface</em> to find the photograph when the dive is
 | ||
|  opened again. If the photo or the whole photo collection is moved to another drive or to a different
 | ||
|  machine, it is unlikely that the directory structure will remain identical to that of the original uploaded
 | ||
|  photo. When this happens, <em>Subsurface</em> looks for the photos at their original location before they were moved,
 | ||
|  cannot find them and therefore cannot display them. Because, after moving photos, large numbers of photos
 | ||
|  may need to be deleted and re-imported from the new location, <em>Subsurface</em> has a mechanism that eases the
 | ||
|  process of updating the directory information for each photo: automatic updates using fingerprints.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>When a photo is loaded into <em>Subsurface</em>, a fingerprint for the image is calculated and stored with the
 | ||
|  other reference information for that photo. After moving a photo collection (that has already been loaded
 | ||
|  into <em>Subsurface</em>) to a different directory, disk or computer, <em>Subsurface</em> can  perform the
 | ||
|  following steps:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| look through a particular directory (and all its subdirectories recursively)
 | ||
|   where photos have been moved
 | ||
|  to,
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| calculate fingerprints for all photos in this directory, and
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| if there is a match between a calculated fingerprint and the one originally
 | ||
|   calculated when a photo was
 | ||
|  loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> (even if the original file name has changed), to
 | ||
|  automatically update the directory information so that <em>Subsurface</em> can find
 | ||
|  the photo in the new moved directory.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>This is achieved by selecting from the Main Menu: <em>File →      Find moved images</em>. This brings up a window within
 | ||
|  which the NEW directory of the photos needs to be specified. Select the appropriate directory and click
 | ||
|  the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom right of the panel. The process may require several minutes to
 | ||
|  complete, after which <em>Subsurface</em> will show the appropriate photographs when a particular dive is opened.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sidebarblock" id="Image_fingerprint_upgrade">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Upgrading existing photo collections without fingerprints</strong></p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> automatically calculates fingerprints for all images that can
 | ||
| be accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>.  When manipulating images, ensure that all the
 | ||
| images associated with the dive log can be accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> automatically checks and, if necessary, updates the
 | ||
| fingerprints associated with a single dive if:
 | ||
| - The images associated with that dive are visible as thumbnails on the <strong>Dive
 | ||
|   Profile</strong>.
 | ||
| - One edits anything in the <strong>Notes tab</strong> panel and save the edits by selecting
 | ||
|   <em>Apply changes</em>.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_logging_special_types_of_dives">5.6. Logging special types of dives</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="S_MulticylinderDives">5.6.1. Multicylinder dives</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> easily handles dives involving more than one
 | ||
| cylinder. Multi-cylinder diving usually happens (a) if a diver does not have
 | ||
| enough gas for the complete dive in a single cylinder; (b) if the diver
 | ||
| needs more than one gas mixture because of the depth or the decompression
 | ||
| needs of the dive. For this reason multi-cylinder dives are often used by
 | ||
| technical divers who dive deep or long. As far as <em>Subsurface</em> is concerned,
 | ||
| there are only two types of information that need to be provided:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <strong>Describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong> This is performed in the <strong>Equipment tab</strong> of
 | ||
|   the <strong>Info</strong> panel, as <a href="#cylinder_definitions">described above</a>. Enter the cylinders one by one,
 | ||
|   specifying the characteristics of the cylinder and the gas composition within each cylinder.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <strong>Record the times at which switches from one cylinder to another was done:</strong> This is information
 | ||
|   provided by some dive computers (provided the diver indicated these changes to the dive computer
 | ||
|   by pressing specific buttons). If the dive computer does not provide the information, the diver has to
 | ||
|   record these changes using a different method, e.g. writing it on a slate.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <strong>Record the cylinder changes on the dive profile</strong>: If the latter option
 | ||
|   was followed, the diver needs to indicate the gas change event by right-clicking at the appropriate point
 | ||
|   in time on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel and indicating the cylinder to which the change was made. After
 | ||
|   right-clicking, follow the context menu to "Add gas change" and select the appropriate cylinder from
 | ||
|   those defined during the first step, above (see image below). If the
 | ||
|   <strong>tank bar</strong> button in the toolbar has been activated, the cylinder switches are also indicated in the
 | ||
|   tank bar.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Having performed these tasks, <em>Subsurface</em> indicates the appropriate use of
 | ||
| cylinders in the dive profile.  Below is a multi-cylinder dive, starting off
 | ||
| with EAN28, then changing cylinders to EAN50 after 26 minutes to perform
 | ||
| decompression.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/multicylinder_dive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Multicylinder profile" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_sidemount_dives">5.6.2. Sidemount dives</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Sidemount diving is just another form of multi-cylinder diving, often with
 | ||
| both or all cylinders having the same gas mixture. Although it is a popular
 | ||
| configuration for cave divers, sidemount diving can be performed by
 | ||
| recreational divers who have completed the appropriate training. Sidemount
 | ||
| dive logging involves, exactly as with multi-cylinder dives, above, three
 | ||
| steps:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <strong>During the dive, record cylinder switch events</strong>. Since sidemount diving normally involves two
 | ||
|   cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, <em>Subsurface</em> distinguishes among these different
 | ||
|   cylinders. In contrast, many dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish among different
 | ||
|   <em>gases</em> used, not among different <em>cylinders</em> used. This means that when sidemount dives are downloaded
 | ||
|   from these dive computers, the events of switching between cylinders with the same gas are not downloaded. This may mean
 | ||
|   that one may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer
 | ||
|   has this facility) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning
 | ||
|   from a dive with the times of cylinder changes is the only tricky part of logging sidemount dives.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <strong>Within <em>Subsurface</em> describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong>. The diver needs to provide the
 | ||
|   specifications of the different cylinders, using the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Info Panel</strong> (see
 | ||
|   image below where two 12 litre cylinder were used).
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <strong>Indicate cylinder change events on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive profile</strong>. Once the dive log has been imported
 | ||
|   from a dive computer into <em>Subsurface</em>, the cylinder switch events need to be indicated on the dive profile.
 | ||
|   Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile and then
 | ||
|   selecting <em>Add gas change</em>. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the
 | ||
|   currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2
 | ||
|   to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then indicated on the dive
 | ||
|   profile with a cylinder symbol. If the <strong>Tank Bar</strong> is activated using the toolbar to the left of the
 | ||
|   profile, then the cylinder change is also indicated on the Tank Bar (see image below). After all
 | ||
|   the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures
 | ||
|   for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as in the image below.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Sidemount profile" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>This section gives an example of the versatility of <em>Subsurface</em> as a dive
 | ||
| logging tool.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="S_sSCR_dives">5.6.3. Semi-closed circuit rebreather (SCR) dives</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Passive semi-closed rebreathers (pSCR) comprise a technical advance in
 | ||
| diving equipment that recirculates the breathing gas that a diver breathes,
 | ||
| while removing carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas. While a small amount
 | ||
| (typically a tenth) of the exhaled breathing gas is released into the water,
 | ||
| a small amount of fresh gas is released from the back gas cylinder
 | ||
| (typically containing nitrox).  A diver, using a single cylinder of
 | ||
| breathing gas can therefore dive for much longer periods than using a
 | ||
| recreational open-circuit configuration. With pSCR equipment, a very small
 | ||
| amount of breathing gas is released every time the breather inhales. With
 | ||
| active SCR (aSCR) equipment, in contrast, a small amount of breathing gas is
 | ||
| released continuously from the back cylinder.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>To log pSCR dives, no special procedures are required, just the normal steps
 | ||
| outlined above:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Select pSCR in the <em>Dive Mode</em> dropdown list on the <strong>Info</strong> panel.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| pSCR diving often involves gas changes, requiring an additional cylinder.
 | ||
|   Define all the appropriate cylinders as described above and indicate the
 | ||
|   cylinder/gas changes as described above in the section on
 | ||
|   <a href="#S_MulticylinderDives">multicylinder dives</a>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>If a pSCR <em>Dive Mode</em> has been selected, the dive ceiling for pSCR dives is
 | ||
| adjusted for the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece which often requires
 | ||
| longer decompression periods. Below is a dive profile of a pSCR dive using
 | ||
| EAN36 on the back cylinder and oxygen for decompression. Note that this dive
 | ||
| lasted over two hours.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/pSCR_profile.jpg" alt="FIGURE: pSCR profile" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="S_CCR_dives">5.6.4. Closed circuit rebreather (CCR) dives</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate gas that
 | ||
| has been breathed while doing two things to maintain a breathable oxygen
 | ||
| concentration:
 | ||
| a) remove carbon dioxide from the gas that has been exhaled
 | ||
| regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits.  The
 | ||
| CCR interface of <em>Subsurface</em> is currently experimental and under active
 | ||
| development. Subsurface currently supports Poseidon MkVI and APD
 | ||
| Discovery/Evolution dive computers. In contrast to a conventional
 | ||
| recreational dive computer, a CCR system computer does not allow the
 | ||
| download of a log containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored
 | ||
| independently. This means that <em>Subsurface</em> cannot download a dive log
 | ||
| directly from a CCR dive computer, but that it imports CCR dive logs in the
 | ||
| same way that it imports dive log data from other digital databases: one
 | ||
| dive at a time.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect4">
 | ||
| <h5 id="_import_a_ccr_dive">Import a CCR dive</h5>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>See the section dealing with <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive
 | ||
| information from other digital sources</a>. From the main menu of <em>Subsurface</em>,
 | ||
| select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to bring up the
 | ||
| <a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. As explained in that
 | ||
| section, the bottom right hand of the import dialogue contains a dropdown
 | ||
| list (labled <em>Filter:</em>) of appropriate devices that currently
 | ||
| includes(Poseidon) MkVI or APD log viewer files (import for other CCR
 | ||
| equipment is under active development). Having selected the appropriate CCR
 | ||
| format and the directory where the original dive logs have been stored from
 | ||
| the CCR dive computer, one can select a particular dive log file (in the
 | ||
| case of the MkVI it is a file with a .txt extension). After selecting the
 | ||
| appropriate dive log, activate the <em>Open</em> button at the bottom right hand of
 | ||
| the universal import dialogue.  The selected dive is imported to the
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em> dive list.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect4">
 | ||
| <h5 id="_displayed_information_for_a_ccr_dive">Displayed information for a CCR dive</h5>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Partial pressures of gases</em>: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the
 | ||
| information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In contrast to
 | ||
| recreational equipment (where pO<sub>2</sub> values are calculated based on gas
 | ||
| composition and dive depth), CCR equipment provide actual measurements of
 | ||
| pO<sub>2</sub>, derived from oxygen sensors.  In this case the graph for oxygen
 | ||
| partial pressure should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint settings
 | ||
| during the dive. The mean pO<sub>2</sub> is NOT the mean oxygen partial pressure as
 | ||
| given by the CCR equipment, but a value calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> as
 | ||
| follows:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| For TWO O<sub>2</sub> sensors the mean value of the two sensors are given.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However
 | ||
|   differences of more than 0,1 bar in the simultaneous readings of different
 | ||
|   sensors are treated as spurious. If one of the three sensors provides
 | ||
|   spurious data, it is ignored.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| If no sensor data are available, the pO<sub>2</sub> value is assumed to be equal to
 | ||
|   the setpoint.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The mean pO<sub>2</sub> of the sensors is indicated with a green line,</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The oxygen setpoint values as well as the readings from the individual
 | ||
| oxygen sensors can be shown. The display of additional CCR information is
 | ||
| turned on by checking the appropriate checkboxes in the <em>Preferences</em> panel
 | ||
| (accessible by selecting <a href="#S_CCR_options"><em>File → Preferences →
 | ||
| Graph</em></a>). This part of the <em>Preferences</em> panel is shown in the image below,
 | ||
| representing two checkboxes that modify the display of pO<sub>2</sub> when the
 | ||
| appropriate toolbar button on the Dive Profile has been activated.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR preferences panel" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Checking any of these check boxes allows the display of additional
 | ||
| oxygen-related information whenever the pO<sub>2</sub> toolbar button on the
 | ||
| <em>Profile</em> panel is activated.  The first checkbox allows the display of
 | ||
| setpoint information. This is a red line superimposed on the green oxygen
 | ||
| partial pressure graph and allows a comparison of the mean measured oxygen
 | ||
| partial pressure and the setpoint values, as shown below.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR setpoint and po2 graph" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The second checkbox allows the display of the data from each individual
 | ||
| oxygen sensor of the CCR equipment. The data for each sensor is colour-coded
 | ||
| as follows:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Sensor 1: grey
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Sensor 2: blue
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Sensor 3: brown
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The mean oxygen pO<sub>2</sub> is indicated by the green line. This allows the direct
 | ||
| comparison of data from each of the oxygen sensors, useful for detecting
 | ||
| abnormally low or erratic readings from a particular sensor.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR sensor data graph" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The setpoint data can be overlaid on the oxygen sensor data by activating
 | ||
| both of the above check boxes. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium,
 | ||
| if applicable) are shown in the usual way as for open circuit dives.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Events</em>: Several events are logged, e.g. switching the mouthpiece to open
 | ||
| circuit.  These events are indicated by yellow triangles and, if one hovers
 | ||
| over a triangle, a description of that event is given as the bottom line in
 | ||
| the <a href="#S_InfoBox">Information Box</a>.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Cylinder pressures</em>: Some CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record
 | ||
| the pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressures of these
 | ||
| two cylinders are shown as green lines overlapping the depth profile. In
 | ||
| addition, start and end pressures for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are
 | ||
| shown in the <em>Equipment Tab</em>.  Below is a dive profile for a CCR dive,
 | ||
| including an overlay of setpoint and oxygen sensor data, as well as the
 | ||
| cylinder pressure data. In this case there is good agreement from the
 | ||
| readings of the two oxygen sensors.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR dive profile" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Equipment-specific information</em>: Equipment-specific information gathered by
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em> is shown in the <a href="#S_ExtraDataTab">Extra data tab</a>. This may
 | ||
| include setup information or metadata about the dive.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The deco ceiling calculated by Subsurface is not very accurate because the
 | ||
| precise pressure of nitrogen in the loop can usually not be determined from
 | ||
| the dive log imported from the CCR equipment. Many CCR dive computers,
 | ||
| however, report an internally-calculated deco ceiling that is reported in
 | ||
| the dive log, reflecting a more accurate assessment. The display of this
 | ||
| ceiling is activated by clicking the appropriate button to the left of the
 | ||
| dive profile:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="DC ceiling icon" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The default colour of the computer-generated deco ceiling is white. However,
 | ||
| this can be set to red by checking the appropriate check box after selecting
 | ||
| <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>.  Below is a dive profile indicating the dive
 | ||
| computer-generated deco ceiling:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR computer-generated deco ceiling" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs for
 | ||
| Poseidon MkVI and APD equipment can be found in
 | ||
| <a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
 | ||
| B</a>.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect1">
 | ||
| <h2 id="_obtaining_more_information_about_dives_entered_into_the_logbook">6. Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook</h2>
 | ||
| <div class="sectionbody">
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_the_strong_info_strong_tab_for_individual_dives">6.1. The <strong>Info</strong> tab (for individual dives)</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive that has
 | ||
| been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Useful information here includes the
 | ||
| surface interval before the dive, the maximum and mean depths of the dive,
 | ||
| the gas volume consumed, the surface air consumption (SAC) and the number of
 | ||
| oxygen toxicity units (OTU) incurred.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Gas consumption and SAC calculations: <em>Subsurface</em> calculates SAC and Gas
 | ||
| consumption taking in account gas incompressibility, particularly at tank
 | ||
| pressures above 200 bar, making them more accurate.  Users should refer to
 | ||
| <a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">Appendix F</a> for more information.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_ExtraDataTab">6.2. The <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab (usually for individual dives)</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot
 | ||
| easily be presented in a standardised way because the nature of the
 | ||
| information differs from one dive computer to another. These data often
 | ||
| comprise setup information, metadata about a dive, battery levels, no fly
 | ||
| times, or gradient factors used during the dive. When possible, this
 | ||
| information is presented in the <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab. Below is an image showing
 | ||
| extra data for a dive using a Poseidon rebreather.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Extra Data tab" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_the_strong_stats_strong_tab_for_groups_of_dives">6.3. The <strong>Stats</strong> tab (for groups of dives)</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that
 | ||
| more than one dive has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong> using the standard
 | ||
| Ctrl-click or Shift-click of the mouse. If only one dive has been selected,
 | ||
| figures pertaining to only that dive are given. This tab shows the number of
 | ||
| dives selected, the total amount of dive time in these dives, as well as the
 | ||
| minimum, maximum and mean for the dive duration, water temperature and
 | ||
| surface air consumption (SAC). It also shows the depth of the shallowest and
 | ||
| deepest dives of those selected.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_DiveProfile">6.4. The <strong>Dive Profile</strong></h3>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Typical dive profile" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Of all the panels in <em>Subsurface</em>, the Dive Profile contains the most
 | ||
| detailed information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a <strong>button bar</strong> on
 | ||
| the left hand side that allows control over several display options. The
 | ||
| functions of these buttons are described below. The main item in the Dive
 | ||
| Profile is the graph of dive depth as a function of time. In addition to the
 | ||
| obvious information of the depth it also shows the ascent and descent rates
 | ||
| compared to the recommended speed of going up or down in the water
 | ||
| column. This information is given using different colours:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="tableblock">
 | ||
| <table rules="all"
 | ||
| width="100%"
 | ||
| frame="border"
 | ||
| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
 | ||
| <col width="33%" />
 | ||
| <col width="33%" />
 | ||
| <col width="33%" />
 | ||
| <tbody>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Couleur</strong></p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Vitesse de descente (m/min)</strong></p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Vitesse de remontée (m/min)</strong></p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Rouge</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 18</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Orange</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Jaune</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Vert clair</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Vert foncé</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| </tbody>
 | ||
| </table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the
 | ||
| graph.  Thus, users should see the depth of the deepest point and other
 | ||
| peaks. Mean depth is plotted as a grey line, indicating mean dive depth up
 | ||
| to a particular moment during the dive.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the <strong>Dive
 | ||
| Profile</strong> panel. Clicking the <strong>Scale</strong> button in the toolbar on the left of
 | ||
| the dive profile frequently increases the size of the dive profile to fill
 | ||
| the area of the panel efficiently.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Water temperature</strong> is displayed with its own blue line with temperature values
 | ||
| placed adjacent to significant changes.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile can include graphs of the <strong>partial pressures</strong> of O<sub>2</sub>,
 | ||
| N<sub>2</sub>, and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and
 | ||
| dive computer reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or
 | ||
| repetitive dives).  Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green,
 | ||
| those of nitrogen in black, and those of helium in dark red. These partial
 | ||
| pressure graphs are shown below the profile data.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>oxygen</strong>
 | ||
| during the dive. This is depicted below the dive depth and water temperature
 | ||
| graphs.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>nitrogen</strong>
 | ||
| during the dive.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>helium</strong>
 | ||
| during the dive.  This is only of importance to divers using Trimix,
 | ||
| Helitrox or similar breathing gasses.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>air consumption</strong> graph displays the tank pressure and its change during
 | ||
| the dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when
 | ||
| manually entering the start and end pressures the graph is not a straight
 | ||
| line.  Similarly to the depth graph the slope of the tank pressure gives the
 | ||
| user information about the momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when
 | ||
| using an air integrated dive computer.  Here the colour coding is not
 | ||
| relative to some absolute values but relative to the average normalised air
 | ||
| consumption during the dive. So areas that are red or orange indicate times
 | ||
| of increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times when
 | ||
| the diver was using less gas than average.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Clicking on the heart rate button will allow the display of heart rate
 | ||
| information during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart
 | ||
| rate sensor.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>It is possible to <strong>zoom</strong> into the profile graph. This is done either by using
 | ||
| the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of your mouse or trackpad. By default
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em> always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30 minutes
 | ||
| and 30m
 | ||
|  (100ft) – this way short or shallow dives are intuitively recognizable;
 | ||
| something
 | ||
| that free divers clearly won’t care about.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="FIGURE: Measuring Bar" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Measurements of <strong>depth or time differences</strong> can be achieved by using the
 | ||
| <strong>ruler button</strong> on the left of the dive profile panel.  The measurement is
 | ||
| done by dragging the red dots to the two points on the dive profile that the
 | ||
| user wishes to measure. Information is then given in the horizontal white
 | ||
| area underneath the two red dots.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile by
 | ||
| selecting the <strong>Show-photo</strong> button. The position of a photo on the profile
 | ||
| indicates the exact time when this photo was taken. If this button is not
 | ||
| active, the photos are hidden.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The profile can also include the dive computer reported <strong>ceiling</strong> (more
 | ||
| precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each
 | ||
| particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent
 | ||
| ceilings arise when a direct ascent to the surface increases the risk of a
 | ||
| diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary to
 | ||
| either ascend slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to
 | ||
| the surface. Not all dive computers record this information and make it
 | ||
| available for download; for example all of the Suunto dive computers fail to
 | ||
| make this very useful data available to divelog software. <em>Subsurface</em> also
 | ||
| calculates ceilings independently, shown as a green overlay on the dive
 | ||
| profile.  Because of the differences in algorithms used and amount of data
 | ||
| available (and other factors taken into consideration at the time of the
 | ||
| calculation) it is unlikely that ceilings from dive computers and from
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em> are the same, even if the same algorithm and <em>gradient factors</em>
 | ||
| (see below) are used.  It is also quite common that <em>Subsurface</em> calculates
 | ||
| a ceiling for non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in
 | ||
| non-deco mode during the whole dive (represented by the <span class="green">dark green</span>
 | ||
| section in the profile at the beginning of this section). This is caused by
 | ||
| the fact that <em>Subsurface’s</em> calculations describe the deco obligation at
 | ||
| each moment during a dive, while dive computers usually take the upcoming
 | ||
| ascent into account. During the ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly
 | ||
| helium) are already breathed off so even though the diver technically
 | ||
| encountered a ceiling at depth, the dive still does not require an explicit
 | ||
| deco stop. This feature allows dive computers to offer longer non-stop
 | ||
| bottom times.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em> during upload of dives, this can be shown as a red area by
 | ||
| checking <strong>Dive computer reported ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">If the <strong>Calculated ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a
 | ||
| ceiling, calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>, is shown in green if it exists for a
 | ||
| particular dive (<strong>A</strong> in figure below). This setting can be modified in two
 | ||
| ways:</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>show all tissues</strong> button on the Profile Panel is
 | ||
| clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue compartments following the
 | ||
| Bühlmann model (<strong>B</strong> in figure below).</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>3m increments</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked,
 | ||
| then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments (<strong>C</strong> in figure below).</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Figure: Ceiling with 3m resolution" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be
 | ||
| represented as a coloured bar at the bottom of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. In
 | ||
| general oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen with a yellow bar and
 | ||
| helium with a red bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a
 | ||
| trimix cylinder (red and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder
 | ||
| (yellow and green) after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light
 | ||
| blue bar.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Cylinder use graph" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/tissues.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Display inert gas tissue pressures relative to ambient inert gas pressure
 | ||
| (horizontal grey line).  Tissue pressures are calculated using the Bühlmann
 | ||
| ZH-L16 algorithm and are displayed as lines ranging from green (faster
 | ||
| tissues) to blue (slower tissues).  The black line, graphed above the
 | ||
| ambient pressure, is the maximum allowable tissue supersaturation (pressure
 | ||
| limit) derived from the gradient factors specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong>. For
 | ||
| divers involved in planned decompression diving, efficient rates of
 | ||
| offgasing are obtained with tissue pressures between the ambient inert gas
 | ||
| pressure (grey line) and the pressure limit (black line). This display is a
 | ||
| representation of the tissue pressures during the whole dive. In contrast,
 | ||
| the <a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gas Pressure Graph</a> in the <strong>Information Box</strong>
 | ||
| on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> is an instantaneous reflection of tissue pressures at
 | ||
| the moment in time reflected by the position of the cursor on the dive
 | ||
| profile.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/tissuesGraph.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure graph" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their
 | ||
| depths.  For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on
 | ||
| <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>. The currently
 | ||
| used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if
 | ||
| the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated.  <strong>N.B.:</strong> The indicated
 | ||
| gradient factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer,
 | ||
| but those used by <em>Subsurface</em> to calculate deco obligations during the
 | ||
| dive. For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_the_dive_profile_context_menu">6.5. The Dive Profile context menu</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while
 | ||
| the mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu allows the
 | ||
| creation of Bookmarks or Gas Change Event markers or manual CCR set-point
 | ||
| changes other than the ones that might have been imported from a Dive
 | ||
| Computer. Markers are placed against the depth profile line and with the
 | ||
| time of the event set by where the mouse cursor was when the right mouse
 | ||
| button was initially clicked to bring up the menu. Gas Change events involve
 | ||
| a selection of which gas is being switched to, the list of choices being
 | ||
| based on the available gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> Tab. Set-point
 | ||
| change events open a dialog allowing to choose the next set-point value. As
 | ||
| in the planner, a set-point value of zero indicates the diver is breathing
 | ||
| from an open circuit system while any non-zero value indicates the use of a
 | ||
| closed circuit rebreather (CCR).  By right-clicking while over an existing
 | ||
| marker a menu appears, adding options to allow deletion of the marker or to
 | ||
| allow all markers of that type to be hidden. Hidden events can be restored
 | ||
| to view by selecting Unhide all events from the context menu.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_InfoBox">6.6. The <strong>Information Box</strong></h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The Information box displays a large range of information pertaining to the
 | ||
| dive profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the
 | ||
| <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. If the mouse points outside of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
 | ||
| panel, then only the top line of the Information Box is visible (see
 | ||
| left-hand part of figure (<strong>A</strong>) below). The Information Box can be moved
 | ||
| around in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel by click-dragging it with the mouse so
 | ||
| that it is not obstructing important detail. The position of the Information
 | ||
| Box is saved and used again during subsequent dive analyses.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Figure: Information Box" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The moment the mouse points inside the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, the information
 | ||
| box expands and shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect
 | ||
| the time point along the dive profile indicated by the mouse cursor (see
 | ||
| right-hand part of figure (<strong>B</strong>) above where the Information Box reflects the
 | ||
| situation at the position of the cursor [arrow] in that image). Therefore,
 | ||
| moving the cursor in the horizontal direction allows the Information Box to
 | ||
| show information for any point along the dive profile.  In this mode, the
 | ||
| Information Box gives extensive statistics about depth, gas and ceiling
 | ||
| characteristics of the particular dive. These include: Time period into the
 | ||
| dive (indicated by a @), depth, cylinder pressure (P), temperature,
 | ||
| ascent/descent rate, surface air consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure,
 | ||
| maximum operating depth, equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic
 | ||
| depth (END), equivalent air density depth (EADD), decompression requirements
 | ||
| at that instant in time (Deco), time to surface (TTS), the calculated
 | ||
| ceiling, as well as the calculated ceiling for several Bühlmann tissue
 | ||
| compartments.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The user has control over the display of several statistics, represented as
 | ||
| four buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Maximum
 | ||
| Operating Depth (MOD)</strong> of the dive, given the gas mixture used. MOD is
 | ||
| dependent on the oxygen concentration in the breathing gas.  For air (21%
 | ||
| oxygen) it is around 57 m if a maximum pO<sub>2</sub> of 1.4 is specified in the
 | ||
| <strong>Preferences</strong> section (select <em>File</em> → Preferences → Graph_ and edit the
 | ||
| text box <em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> when showing MOD</em>.  Below the MOD there is a markedly
 | ||
| increased risk of exposure to the dangers associated with oxygen toxicity.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display either the
 | ||
| <strong>No-deco Limit (NDL)</strong> or the <strong>Total Time to Surface (TTS)</strong>. NDL is the time
 | ||
| duration that a diver can continue with a dive, given the present depth,
 | ||
| that does not require decompression (that is, before an ascent ceiling
 | ||
| appears). Once one has exceeded the NDL and decompression is required (that
 | ||
| is, there is an ascent ceiling above the diver, then TTS gives the number of
 | ||
| minutes required before the diver can surface. TTS includes ascent time as
 | ||
| well as decompression time. TTS is calculated assuming an ascent surface air
 | ||
| consumption (SAC) for the gas currently used. Even if the profile contains
 | ||
| several gas switches, TTS at a specific moment during the dive is calculated
 | ||
| using the current gas.  For TTS longer than 2 hours, it is not accurately
 | ||
| calculated and Subsurface only indicates <em>TTS > 2h</em>.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Surface Air
 | ||
| Consumption (SAC)</strong>.  SAC is an indication of the surface-normalised
 | ||
| respiration rate of a diver. The value of SAC is less than the real
 | ||
| respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at a rate roughly
 | ||
| double that of the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives an indication
 | ||
| of breathing gas consumption rate independent of the depth of the dive so
 | ||
| that the respiratory rates of different dives can be compared. The units for
 | ||
| SAC is litres/min or cub ft/min.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Clicking this button displays the <strong>Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)</strong> for nitrox
 | ||
| dives as well as the <strong>Equivalent Narcotic Depth (END)</strong> for trimix
 | ||
| dives. These are numbers of importance to divers who use breathing gases
 | ||
| other than air. Their values are dependent on the composition of the
 | ||
| breathing gas.  The EAD is the depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the
 | ||
| same partial pressure of nitrogen as the current depth of the nitrox dive at
 | ||
| hand. A nitrox dive leads to the same decompression obligation as an air
 | ||
| dive to the depth equalling the EAD. The END is the depth of a hypothetical
 | ||
| air dive that has the same sum of partial pressures of the narcotic gases
 | ||
| nitrogen and oxygen as the current trimix dive. A trimix diver can expect
 | ||
| the same narcotic effect as a diver breathing air diving at a depth
 | ||
| equalling the END.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Figure (<strong>B</strong>) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of
 | ||
| data.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">6.6.1. The Gas Pressure Bar Graph</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>On the left of the <strong>Information Box</strong> is a vertical bar graph indicating the
 | ||
| pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if
 | ||
| applicable) that the diver was inhaling <em>at a particular instant during the
 | ||
| dive</em>, indicated by the position of the cursor on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The
 | ||
| drawing on the left below indicates the meaning of the different parts of
 | ||
| the Gas Pressure Bar Graph.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the
 | ||
|   light green area indicating the total gas pressure inhaled by the diver and
 | ||
|   measured from the bottom of the graph to the top of the light green
 | ||
|   area. This pressure has a <em>relative</em> value in the graph and does not
 | ||
|   indicate absolute pressure.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the
 | ||
|   equilibrium pressure of the inert gases inhaled by the diver, usually
 | ||
|   nitrogen. In the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium
 | ||
|   combined. In this example, the user is diving with EAN32, so the inert gas
 | ||
|   pressure is 68% of the distance from the bottom of the graph to the total
 | ||
|   gas pressure value.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of
 | ||
|   inert gas in each of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann
 | ||
|   algorithm, the fast tissues being on the left hand side.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The top black horizontal line indicates the gradient factor that applies to
 | ||
|   the depth of the diver at the particular point on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The
 | ||
|   gradient factor shown is an interpolation between the GFLow and GFHigh
 | ||
|   values specified in the Graph tab of the <strong>Preferences Panel</strong> of
 | ||
|   <strong>Subsurface</strong>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived
 | ||
|   M-value, that is the pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation
 | ||
|   is expected to be severe, resulting in decompression sickness.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>These five values are indicated on the left in the graph above. The way the
 | ||
| Gas Pressure Bar Graph changes during a dive is indicated on the right hand
 | ||
| side of the above figure for a diver using EAN32.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Graph <strong>A</strong> indicates the situation at the start of a dive with diver at the
 | ||
|   surface. The pressures in all the tissue compartments are still at the
 | ||
|   equilibrium pressure because no diving has taken place.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Graph <strong>B</strong> indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the
 | ||
|   tissue compartments have had time to respond to the descent, their gas
 | ||
|   pressures being far below the equilibrium gas pressure.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Graph <strong>C</strong> represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast
 | ||
|   compartments have attained equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the hight of
 | ||
|   the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The slower compartments
 | ||
|   (towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of
 | ||
|   slowly increasing in pressure.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Graph <strong>D</strong> shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since,
 | ||
|   during ascent, the total inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4
 | ||
|   bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue compartments now
 | ||
|   exceed that of the total gas pressure and approaches the gradient factor
 | ||
|   value (i.e.  the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in
 | ||
|   exceeding the gradient factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Graph <strong>E</strong> indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10
 | ||
|   minutes. The fast compartments have decreased in pressure. As expected, the
 | ||
|   pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much.  The pressures in
 | ||
|   the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the
 | ||
|   diver is safer than in the situation indicated in graph <strong>D</strong>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect1">
 | ||
| <h2 id="_organising_the_logbook_manipulating_groups_of_dives">7. Organising the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives)</h2>
 | ||
| <div class="sectionbody">
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_the_dive_list_context_menu">7.1. The Dive List context menu</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Several actions on either a single dive or a group of dives can be performed
 | ||
| using the Dive List Context Menu, found by selecting either a single dive or
 | ||
| a group of dives and then right-clicking.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Figure: Context Menu" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu is used in many manipulations described below.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_customising_the_columns_showed_in_the_strong_dive_list_strong_panel">7.1.1. Customising the columns showed in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Example: Dive list info options" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The default information in the <strong>Dive List</strong> includes, for each dive,
 | ||
| Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth, Dive_duration and Dive_location. This
 | ||
| information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the header
 | ||
| bar of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. For instance, a right-click on the <em>Date</em> header
 | ||
| brings up a list of items that can be shown in the dive list (see
 | ||
| above). Select an item to be shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> or to be deleted from
 | ||
| the dive list (reflected by the check symbols) and the list is immediately
 | ||
| updated. Preferences for information shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> are saved and
 | ||
| used when <em>Subsurface</em> is re-opened.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_Renumber">7.2. Renumbering the dives</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low
 | ||
| sequence numbers) to recent dives (having the highest sequence numbers). The
 | ||
| numbering of the dives is not always consistent. For instance, when
 | ||
| non-recent dives are added to the dive list the numbering does not
 | ||
| automatically follow on because of the dives that are more recent in
 | ||
| date/time than the newly-added dive with an older date/time. Therefore, one
 | ||
| may sometimes need to renumber the dives.  This is performed by selecting
 | ||
| (from the Main Menu) <em>Log → Renumber</em>. Users are given a choice with
 | ||
| respect to the lowest sequence number to be used.  Completing this operation
 | ||
| results in new sequence numbers (based on date/time)  for the dives in the
 | ||
| <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>One can also renumber a few selected dives in the dive list. Select the
 | ||
| dives that need renumbering. Right-click on the selected list and use the
 | ||
| Dive List Context Menu to perform the renumbering. A popup window appears
 | ||
| requiring the user to specify the starting number for the renumbering
 | ||
| process.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_Group">7.3. Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. <em>Subsurface</em>
 | ||
| can group dives into <em>trips</em>. It performs this by grouping dives that have
 | ||
| date/times not separated in time by more than two days, thus creating a
 | ||
| single heading for each diving trip represented in the dive log. Below is an
 | ||
| ungrouped dive list (<strong>A</strong>, on the left) as well as the corresponding grouped
 | ||
| dive list comprising five dive trips (<strong>B</strong>, on the right):</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Figure: Grouping dives" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without
 | ||
| having to scan a long lists of dives. In order to group the dives in a dive
 | ||
| list, (from the Main Menu) select <em>Log → Autogroup</em>. The <strong>Dive List</strong> panel
 | ||
| now shows only the titles for the trips.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_editing_the_title_and_associated_information_for_a_particular_trip">7.3.1. Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip
 | ||
| title.  More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip
 | ||
| title from the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This shows a <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab in the <strong>Notes</strong>
 | ||
| panel. Here one can add or edit information about the date/time, the trip
 | ||
| location and any other general comments about the trip as a whole (e.g. the
 | ||
| dive company that was dived with, the general weather and surface conditions
 | ||
| during the trip, etc.).  After entering this information, select <strong>Save</strong> from
 | ||
| the buttons at the top right of the <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab. The trip title in the
 | ||
| <strong>Dive List</strong> panel should now reflect the edited information.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_viewing_the_dives_during_a_particular_trip">7.3.2. Viewing the dives during a particular trip</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dives have been grouped into trips, users can expand one or more
 | ||
| trips by clicking the arrow-head on the left of each trip title. This
 | ||
| expands the selected trip, revealing the individual dives performed during
 | ||
| the trip.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_collapsing_or_expanding_dive_information_for_different_trips">7.3.3. Collapsing or expanding dive information for different trips</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a particular trip in the dive list, the context menu allows
 | ||
| several possibilities to expand or collapse dives within trips. This
 | ||
| includes expanding all trips and collapsing all trips.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_merging_dives_from_more_than_one_trip_into_a_single_trip">7.3.4. Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a trip title, the context menu allows the merging of trips
 | ||
| by either merging the selected trip with the trip below or with the trip
 | ||
| above. (Merge trip with trip below; Merge trip with trip above)</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_splitting_a_single_trip_into_more_than_one_trip">7.3.5. Splitting a single trip into more than one trip</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>If a trip includes ten dives, the user can split this trip into two trips
 | ||
| (trip 1: top 4 dives; trip 2: bottom 6 dives) by selecting and
 | ||
| right-clicking the top four dives. The resulting context menu allows the
 | ||
| user to create a new trip by choosing the option <strong>Create new trip
 | ||
| above</strong>. The top four dives are then grouped into a separate trip. The
 | ||
| figures below shows the selection and context menu on the left (A) and the
 | ||
| completed action on the right (B):</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_manipulating_single_dives">7.4. Manipulating single dives</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_delete_a_dive_from_the_dive_log">7.4.1. Delete a dive from the dive log</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and
 | ||
| right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, and then selecting <strong>Delete
 | ||
| dive(s)</strong>. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete
 | ||
| workshop calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short
 | ||
| duration.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_unlink_a_dive_from_a_trip">7.4.2. Unlink a dive from a trip</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Users can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. In order to do
 | ||
| this, select and right-click the relevant dives to bring up the context
 | ||
| menu. Then select the option <strong>Remove dive(s)  from trip</strong>. The dive(s) now
 | ||
| appear immediately above or below the trip to which they belonged, depending
 | ||
| on the date and time of the unlinked dive.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_add_a_dive_to_the_trip_immediately_above">7.4.3. Add a dive to the trip immediately above</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed
 | ||
| within a separate trip. To do this, select and right-click the dive(s) to
 | ||
| bring up the context menu, and then select <strong>Create new trip above</strong>.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_shift_the_start_time_of_dive_s">7.4.4. Shift the start time of dive(s)</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes it is necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply
 | ||
| to situations where dives are performed in different time zones or when the
 | ||
| dive computer has an erroneous time. In order to do this, select and
 | ||
| right-click the dive(s) to be adjusted. This action brings up the context
 | ||
| menu on which the <strong>Shift times</strong> option should be selected. User must then
 | ||
| specify the time (in hours and minutes) by which the dives should be
 | ||
| adjusted and click on the option indicating whether the time adjustment
 | ||
| should be ealier or later.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_merge_dives_into_a_single_dive">7.4.5. Merge dives into a single dive</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, e.g. if a diver returns to the
 | ||
| surface for a few minutes, resulting in two or more dives being recorded by
 | ||
| the dive computer and appearing as different dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
 | ||
| panel. Users can merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the
 | ||
| appropriate dives, right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then
 | ||
| selecting <strong>Merge selected dives</strong>. It may be necessary to edit the dive
 | ||
| information in the <strong>Notes</strong> panel to reflect events or conditions that apply
 | ||
| to the merged dive. The figure below shows the depth profile of two dives
 | ||
| that were merged:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Example: Merged dive" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_undo_dive_manipulations">7.4.6. Undo dive manipulations</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Important actions on dives or trips, described above, can be undone or
 | ||
| redone.  This includes: <em>delete dives</em>, <em>merge dives</em>, <em>renumber dives</em> and
 | ||
| <em>shift dive times</em>.  To do this after performing any of these actions, from
 | ||
| the <strong>Main Menu</strong> select <em>Edit</em>. This brings up the possibility to <em>Undo</em> or
 | ||
| <em>Redo</em> an action.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_Filter">7.5. Filtering the dive list</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel can be filtered, that is, one can select
 | ||
| only some of the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site,
 | ||
| dive master, buddy or protective clothing. For instance, filtering allows
 | ||
| one to list the deep dives at a particular dive site, or otherwise the cave
 | ||
| dives with a particular buddy.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>To open the filter, select <em>Log → Filter divelist</em> from the main menu. This
 | ||
| opens the <em>Filter Panel</em> at the top of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. Three icons
 | ||
| are located at the top right hand of the filter panel (see image below). The
 | ||
| <em>Filter Panel</em> can be reset (i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting
 | ||
| the <strong>yellow angled arrow</strong>. The <em>Filter Panel</em> may also be minimised by
 | ||
| selecting the <strong>green up-arrow". When minimised, only these three icons are
 | ||
| shown.  The panel can be maximised by clicking the icon that minimised the
 | ||
| panel. The filter may also be reset and closed by selecting the *red button</strong>
 | ||
| with the white cross.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Figure: Filter panel" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person
 | ||
| (buddy / dive master), dive site and dive suit, each of which is represented
 | ||
| by a check list with check boxes. Above each check list is a second-level
 | ||
| filter tool, allowing the listing of only some of the attributes within that
 | ||
| check list. For instance, typing "<em>ca</em>" in the filter textbox above the tags
 | ||
| check list results in the tags check list being reduced to "<em>cave</em>" and
 | ||
| "<em>cavern</em>". Filtering of the check list enables the rapid finding of search
 | ||
| terms for filtering the dive list.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>To activate filtering of the dive list, check at least one check box in one
 | ||
| of the four check lists. The dive list is then shortened to include only the
 | ||
| dives that pertain to the criteria specified in the check lists.  The four
 | ||
| check lists work as a filter with <em>AND</em> operators, Subsurface filters
 | ||
| therefore for <em>cave</em> as a tag AND <em>Joe Smith</em> as a buddy; but the filters
 | ||
| within a category are inclusive - filtering for <em>cave</em> and <em>boat</em> shows
 | ||
| those dives that have either one OR both of these tags.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect1">
 | ||
| <h2 id="S_ExportLog">8. Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log</h2>
 | ||
| <div class="sectionbody">
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>There are two routes for the export of dive information from Subsurface:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Exporter les informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_Export_other">Exporter des informations de plongée vers d’autres
 | ||
|   destinations ou formats</a>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_facebook">8.1. Export des informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em></h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>L’export des plongées vers <em>Facebook</em> est géré différemment des autres types
 | ||
| d’export car une connexion vers <em>Facebook</em> est nécessaire, nécessitant un
 | ||
| identifiant et un mot de passe. À partir du menu principal, si vous
 | ||
| sélectionnez <em>Fichier → Préférences → Facebook</em>, un écran de connexion est
 | ||
| présenté (image <strong>A</strong> sur la gauche, ci dessous). Entrez l’identifiant et le
 | ||
| mot de passe <em>Facebook</em>. Une fois connecté à <em>Facebook</em>, le panneau de
 | ||
| l’image <strong>B</strong> ci dessous est présenté, avec un bouton <em>Déconnecter de
 | ||
| Facebook</em> pour fermer la connexion <em>Facebook</em>.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/facebook1_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>From the <em>Subsurface</em> window it is easy to determine whether <em>Subsurface</em>
 | ||
| has a valid connection to <em>Facebook</em> From the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Share on
 | ||
| → Facebook</em> (image <strong>A</strong>, below). Normally, the <em>Facebook</em> option is greyed
 | ||
| out. But if there is a connection to <em>Facebook</em>, this option is active
 | ||
| (i.e. in black colour and can be selected).</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois qu’une connexion à <em>Facebook</em> est établie, transférer un profil de
 | ||
| plongée vers <em>Facebook</em> est facile. Assurez-vous que la plongée à transférer
 | ||
| est affichée dans le panneau <strong>Profil de plongée</strong> de <em>Subsurface</em>. Si, à
 | ||
| partir du <strong>menu principal</strong>, vous sélectionnez <em>Partager sur → Facebook</em>,
 | ||
| une fenêtre s’affiche, pour déterminer quelles informations seront
 | ||
| transférées avec le profil de plongée (voir l’image <strong>B</strong> ci-dessous). Pour
 | ||
| transférer un profil de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em>, le nom d’un album
 | ||
| <em>Facebook</em> doit être fourni. Les cases à cocher sur la partie gauche
 | ||
| permettent de sélectionner des informations supplémentaires à transférer
 | ||
| avec le profil de plongée. Ces informations sont affichées dans le champs de
 | ||
| texte sur la partie droite du panneau. (image <strong>B</strong> ci dessous). Vous pouvez
 | ||
| facilement modifier le message qui sera envoyé avec le profil de
 | ||
| plongée. Une fois les informations supplémentaires ajoutées et vérifiées,
 | ||
| sélectionner le bouton <em>OK</em> qui lance le transfert vers <em>Facebook</em>. Après un
 | ||
| moment, une fenêtre apparait indiquant le succès du transfert.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>À la fois l’album créé et la publication sur votre ligne temporelle seront
 | ||
| marquées comme privés. Pour que vos amis puissent voir la publication,
 | ||
| modifier les permissions à partir d’une connexion Facebook standard depuis
 | ||
| un navigateur ou l’application Facebook. Malgré que cela soit une étape
 | ||
| supplémentaire, c’est la meilleure solution pour éviter d’avoir des
 | ||
| publications non désirées sur votre ligne temporelle publique.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/facebook2_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Si besoin, fermer la connexion <em>Facebook</em> en fermant <em>Subsurface</em> ou en
 | ||
| sélectionnant _Fichier → Préférences → Facebook, à partir du menu
 | ||
| principal et en cliquant sur le bouton approprié dans le panneau des
 | ||
| préférences Facebook.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_Export_other">8.2. Export dive information  to other destinations or formats</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>For non-<em>Facebook exports</em>, the export function can be reached by selecting
 | ||
| <em>File → Export</em>, which brings up the Export dialog. This dialog always
 | ||
| gives two options: save ALL dives, or save only the dives selected in <strong>Dive
 | ||
| List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>. Click the appropriate radio button (see images
 | ||
| below).</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Export_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Export dialog" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>A dive log or part of it can be saved in three formats:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface XML</em> format. This is the native format used by <em>Subsurface</em>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> for more
 | ||
|   information.  UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many
 | ||
|   dive computers and computer programs.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Divelogs.de</em>, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to
 | ||
|   <em>Divelogs.de</em>, one needs a user-ID as well as a password for
 | ||
|   <em>Divelogs.de</em>. Log into <em>http://en.divelogs.de</em> and subscribe to this
 | ||
|   service in order to upload dive log data from <em>Subsurface</em>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>DiveShare</em> is also a dive log repository on the Internet focusing on the
 | ||
|   recreational dives. In order to upload dives one has to provide a used ID,
 | ||
|   so registration with <em>http://scubadiveshare.com</em> is required.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>CSV dive details</em>, that includes the most critical information of the dive
 | ||
|   profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, buddy,
 | ||
|   duration, depth, temperature and pressure: in short, most of the information
 | ||
|   that recreational divers enter into handwritten log books.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>CSV dive profile</em>, that includes a large amount of detail for each dive,
 | ||
|   including the depth profile, temperature and pressure information of each
 | ||
|   dive.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>HTML</em> format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable with
 | ||
|   an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript
 | ||
|   must be enabled. The HTML export cannot be changed or edited.  It contains
 | ||
|   most of the information recorded in the dive log. However, it does not show
 | ||
|   the calculated values in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, e.g. calculated cylinder
 | ||
|   pressure, gas pressures and MOD. The HTML export contains a search option to
 | ||
|   search the dive log. HTML export is specified on the second tab of the
 | ||
|   Export dialog (image <strong>B</strong> above). A typical use of this option is to export
 | ||
|   all one’s dives to a smartphone or a tablet where it would serve as a very
 | ||
|   portable record of dives useful for dive companies that wish to verify the
 | ||
|   dive history of a diver, often doing away with the need to carry one’s
 | ||
|   original logbook with one when doing dives with dive companies.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Worldmap</em> format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and
 | ||
|   some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable. If one
 | ||
|   selects any of the dive sites on the map, a summary of the dive is available
 | ||
|   in text, as shown in the image below.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/mapview_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: HTML Map export view" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Image depths</em>, which creates a text file that contains the file names of
 | ||
|   all photos or images attached to any of the selected dives in the <em>Dive
 | ||
|   List</em>, together with the depth under water where of each of those photos
 | ||
|   were taken.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>General Settings</em>, under the HTML tab, provides the following options:
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the
 | ||
|    numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered
 | ||
|    starting from 1.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will
 | ||
|    be attached to the HTML exports.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Export List only: a list of dives only (date, time, depth, duration) will be exported
 | ||
|    and the detailed dive information, e.g. dive profile, will not be available.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Under <em>Style Options</em> some style-related options are available like font
 | ||
|   size and theme.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Export to other formats can be achieved through third party facilities, for
 | ||
| instance <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect1">
 | ||
| <h2 id="S_Cloud_access">9. Keeping a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log in the Cloud</h2>
 | ||
| <div class="sectionbody">
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a
 | ||
| record of diving activities for one’s own pleasure, but it is important
 | ||
| information required for admission to further training courses or
 | ||
| (sometimes) even diving sites. The security of the dive log is therefore
 | ||
| critical. In order to have a dive log that is resistant to failure of a home
 | ||
| computer hard drive, loss or theft of equipment, the Cloud is an obvious
 | ||
| solution. This also has the added benefit that one can access one’s dive log
 | ||
| from anywhere in the world without having to carry it with oneself. For this
 | ||
| reason, facilities such as <em>divelogs.de</em> and <em>Diving Log</em> offer to store
 | ||
| dive log information on the Internet.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> includes access to a transparently integrated cloud storage
 | ||
| back end that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a
 | ||
| dive log from the cloud is no more difficult than accessing the dives on the
 | ||
| local hard disk.  The only requirement is that one should first register as
 | ||
| a user on the cloud.  To use <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> , follow these
 | ||
| steps:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_create_a_cloud_storage_account">9.1. Create a cloud storage account</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Open the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> by selecting <em>File</em> → <em>Preferences</em> → <em>Network</em>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| In the section headed <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>, enter an email address that
 | ||
|    <em>Subsurface</em> can use for user registration.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Enter a novel password that <em>Subsurface</em> will use to store the
 | ||
|   dive log in the cloud.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Click <em>Apply</em> to send the above email address and password to the
 | ||
|   (remote) cloud server. The server responds by sending a verification PIN to
 | ||
|   the above email address (This is the <strong>only</strong> occasion that <em>Subsurface</em> uses the
 | ||
|   email address provided above). The <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog now has a new PIN text
 | ||
|    box, not visible previously.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Enter the PIN in the corresponding text box in the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog
 | ||
| (this field is only visible while the server is waiting for email
 | ||
| address confirmation)
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Click <em>Apply</em> again. The <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> account
 | ||
| will be marked as verified and the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> service is initialised for use.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_using_em_subsurface_cloud_storage_em">9.2. Using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Once the cloud storage has been initialised, two new items appear in the
 | ||
|    <em>File</em> menu of the main menu system: <em>Open cloud storage</em> and <em>Save to cloud storage</em>.
 | ||
| These options allow the user to load and save data to the <em>Subsurface
 | ||
| cloud storage</em> server.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| In the <em>Defaults Preferences</em> tab, one can select to use the <em>Subsurface cloud
 | ||
| storage</em> data as one’s default data file by checking the check box marked <em>Cloud storage default file</em>.
 | ||
|  This means that the data from
 | ||
| the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is loaded when <em>Subsurface</em> starts ans saved there when one closes <em>Subsurface</em>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em> keeps a local copy of the data and the cloud facility remains fully
 | ||
| functional even if used while disconnected to the Internet. <em>Subsurface</em> simply synchronises the
 | ||
| data with the cloud server the next time ithe program is used while the computer is
 | ||
| connected to the Internet.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_Cloud_storage">9.3. Web access to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>One of the nice side benefits of using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is that
 | ||
| one can also access one’s dive data from any web browser. Simply open
 | ||
| <a href="https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org"><em>https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org</em></a>,
 | ||
| log in with the same email and password, and you can see an HTML export of
 | ||
| the last dive data that was synced to the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>. The
 | ||
| dive information that is shown is only the contents of the recorded dive
 | ||
| logs, NOT the calculated values shown in the <strong>Profile</strong> panel, including some
 | ||
| cylinder pressures, deco ceilings and O<sub>2</sub>/He/N<sub>2</sub> partial pressures.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_other_cloud_services">9.4. Other cloud services</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>If one prefers not to use the integrated cloud storage of dive logs (and
 | ||
| don’t need the web access), it is also simple to store dive logs in the
 | ||
| cloud using several of the existing facilities on the Internet.  For
 | ||
| instance <a href="http://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a> offers a free application that
 | ||
| allows files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on one’s
 | ||
| desktop computer.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dropbox folder" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Dropbox</em> program creates a copy of the <em>Dropbox</em> Internet Cloud content
 | ||
| on one’s desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet,
 | ||
| the Internet content is automatically updated. Therefore both the <em>Open</em> and
 | ||
| <em>Save</em> of dive logs are done using the local copy of the dive log in the
 | ||
| local <em>Dropbox</em> folder, so there’s no need for a direct internet
 | ||
| connection. If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive, the remote
 | ||
| copy in the <em>Dropbox</em> server in the Cloud will be automatically updated
 | ||
| whenever Internet access is available.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>In this way a dive log in one’s <em>Dropbox</em> folder can be accessed seamlessly
 | ||
| from the Internet and can be accessed from any place with Internet
 | ||
| access. Currently there are no costs involved for this service. Dropbox
 | ||
| (Windows, Mac and Linux) can be installed by accessing the
 | ||
| <a href="http://www.dropbox.com/install"><em>Install Page on the Dropbox website</em></a>
 | ||
| Alternatively one can use <em>Dropbox</em> as a mechanism to backup one’s dive
 | ||
| log. To Store a dive log on <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Save as</em> from the
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em> main menu, navigate to the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the
 | ||
| <em>Save</em> button. To access the dive log in <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Open
 | ||
| Logbook</em> from the <em>Subsurface</em> main menu and navigate to the dive log file
 | ||
| in the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the
 | ||
| same process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect1">
 | ||
| <h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">10. Printing a dive log</h2>
 | ||
| <div class="sectionbody">
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a simple and flexible interface to print a whole dive log or only a few selected dives.
 | ||
|   Pre-installed templates or a custom written template can be used to choose where the data are fitted into the page.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Before printing, two decisions are required:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part of the
 | ||
|   dive log is required, then select the required dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong>
 | ||
|   panel.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| If the dive profiles needs printing, what gas partial pressure information
 | ||
|   should be shown? Select the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to
 | ||
|   the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>If <em>File → Print</em> is selected from the Main menu, the the dialogue below
 | ||
| (image <strong>A</strong>) appears. Three specifications are needed to achieve the desired
 | ||
| information and page layout:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Under <em>Print type</em> select one of two options:
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Dive list print</em>: Print dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel with profiles and
 | ||
|   other information.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Statistics print</em>: Print yearly statistics of the dives.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Under <em>Print options</em> select:
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Printing only the dives selected from the dive list prior to activating the
 | ||
|   print dialogue by checking the box <em>Print only selected dives</em>. If this
 | ||
|   check box is <strong>not</strong> checked all dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel are printed.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Printing in colour, achieved by checking the box with <em>Print in colour</em>. If
 | ||
|   this check box is not checked, printing is in monochrome (grey scale).
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ol></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Under <em>Template</em> select a template to be used as the page layout. There are
 | ||
| several templates (see image <strong>B</strong>, above).</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Table</em>: This prints a summary table of all dives selected (see below).
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print summary table" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Flow layout</em>: Print the text associated with each dive without printing the
 | ||
|   dive profiles
 | ||
|      of each dive (see below):
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print flow layout" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>One Dive</em>: Print one dive per page, also showing the dive profile (see
 | ||
|   below)
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/print2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print one dive / page" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Two Dives</em>: Print two dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Six Dives</em>: Print six dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Users can <em>Preview</em> the printed page by selecting the <em>Preview</em> button on
 | ||
| the dialogue (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this section). After preview,
 | ||
| changes to the options in the print dialogue can be made, resulting in a
 | ||
| layout that fits personal taste.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Next, select the <em>Print</em> button (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this
 | ||
| section). This activates the regular print dialogue used by the user
 | ||
| operating system, allowing one to choose a printer and to set its properties
 | ||
| (see image below):</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Print_print_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialog" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Set the print resolution of the printer to an appropriate value by changing
 | ||
| the printer <em>Properties</em>. Finally, select the <em>Print</em> button to print the
 | ||
| dives.  Below is a (rather small) example of the output for one particular
 | ||
| page.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print preview page" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_créer_un_modèle_d_8217_impression_personnalisé_avancé">10.1. Créer un modèle d’impression personnalisé (avancé)</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Writing a custom template is an effective way to produce highly customized
 | ||
| printouts. Subsurface uses HTML templates to render printing. One can create
 | ||
| a template, export a new template, import an existing template and delete an
 | ||
| existing template by using the appropriate buttons under the <em>Template</em>
 | ||
| dropdown list in the print dialogue. See <a href="#S_APPENDIX_E">APPENDIX E</a> for
 | ||
| information on how to write or modify a template.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect1">
 | ||
| <h2 id="S_Configure">11. Configurer un ordinateur de plongée</h2>
 | ||
| <div class="sectionbody">
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> permet de configurer son ordinateur de plongée. Actuellement,
 | ||
| les familles d’ordinateurs supportés sont Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2, OSTC 3)
 | ||
| et Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, D3, Vyper, Vytec, Cobra, Gekko et
 | ||
| Zoop). De nombreux paramètres de ces ordinateurs de plongée peuvent être
 | ||
| lues et modifiées. La première étape est de s’assurer que les pilotes pour
 | ||
| votre ordinateur de plongée sont installés (également nécessaire pour
 | ||
| télécharger les plongées) et que le nom de périphérique de l’ordinateur de
 | ||
| plongée est connu. Voir
 | ||
| <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">ANNEXE A</a> pour plus d’informations sur la manière de procéder.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois que l’ordinateur de plongée est connecté à <em>Subsurface</em>,
 | ||
| sélectionner <em>Fichier → Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em>, à partir du
 | ||
| menu principal. Fournir le nom du périphérique dans le champ en haut du
 | ||
| panneau de configuration et sélectionner le bon modèle d’ordinateur de
 | ||
| plongée à partir du panneau à gauche (voir l’image ci-dessous).</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Configure dive computer" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>En utilisant les boutons appropriés du panneau de configuration, les actions
 | ||
| suivantes peuvent être réalisées :</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <strong>Récupérer les détails disponibles</strong>. Cela charge la configuration existante à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée
 | ||
|    dans <em>Subsurface</em>, en l’affichant dans le panneau de configuration.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <strong>Enregistrer les modifications sur le périphérique</strong>. Cela change la configuration de l’ordinateur
 | ||
|    de plongée pour correspondre aux informations affichées dans le panneau de configuration.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <strong>Sauvegarder</strong>. Cela enregistre la configuration dans un fichier. <em>Subsurface</em> demande
 | ||
|    l’emplacement et le nom du fichier pour enregistrer les informations.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <strong>Restaurer une sauvegarde</strong>. Cela charge les informations à partir d’un fichier de sauvegarde et l’affiche
 | ||
|    dans le panneau de configuration.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <strong>Mettre à jour le firmware</strong>. Si un nouveau firmware est disponible pour l’ordinateur de plongée,
 | ||
|    il sera chargé dans l’ordinateur de plongée.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect1">
 | ||
| <h2 id="S_Preferences">12. Setting user <em>Preferences</em> for <em>Subsurface</em></h2>
 | ||
| <div class="sectionbody">
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>There are several user-definable settings within <em>Subsurface</em>, found by
 | ||
| selecting <em>File → Preferences</em>. The settings are performed in seven groups:
 | ||
| <strong>Defaults</strong>, <strong>Units</strong>, <strong>Graph</strong>, <strong>Language</strong> and <strong>Network</strong>, <strong>Facebook</strong> and
 | ||
| <strong>Georeference</strong>, all of which operate on the same principles: the user must
 | ||
| specify the settings that are to be changed, then these changes are saved
 | ||
| using the <strong>Apply</strong> button. After applying all the new settings users can then
 | ||
| leave the settings panel by selecting <strong>OK</strong>. If <strong>Discard</strong> is selected,
 | ||
| changes to the preferences are not saved.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_defaults">12.1. Defaults</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings in the <strong>Defaults</strong> panel:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Pref1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences defaults page" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <strong>Lists and tables</strong>: Here one can specify the font type and font size of the
 | ||
|      <strong>Dive Table</strong> panel. By decreasing the font size of the <strong>Dive Table</strong>, users can see more dives on a screen.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <strong>Dives</strong>: For the <em>Default Dive File</em> one needs to specify the directory and
 | ||
|      file name of one’s
 | ||
|      electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension of either <em>.xml</em> or <em>.ssrf</em>. When
 | ||
|      launched, <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically load the specified dive log book. There are three options:
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>No default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> does not automatically load a dive log at startup.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Local default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> automatically loads a dive log from the local hard disk
 | ||
|        as described above.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Cloud storage default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface automatically loads the dive log from the cloud
 | ||
|        device that was initialised using the <strong>Preferences</strong> _Network</em> tab (see below).
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <strong>Display invalid</strong>:  Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide
 | ||
|      dives that he/she doesn’t consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to
 | ||
|      keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in
 | ||
|      the dive list.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <strong>Default cylinder</strong>: Specify the default cylinder listed in
 | ||
|      the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <strong>Animations</strong>: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using
 | ||
|      animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to
 | ||
|      dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not
 | ||
|      happen instantaneously, but are animated. The <em>Speed</em> of animations can be controlled
 | ||
|      by setting this slider
 | ||
|      with faster animation speed to the left, and a 0 value representing no animation
 | ||
|      at all.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <strong>Clear all settings</strong>: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are
 | ||
|      cleared and set to default values.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_units">12.2. Units</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Pref2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Units page" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Here users can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure,
 | ||
| volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio
 | ||
| button at the top, one can specify that all units are in the chosen
 | ||
| measurement system.  Alternatively, if one selects the <strong>Personalise</strong> radio
 | ||
| button, units can be selected independently, with some units in the metric
 | ||
| system and others in imperial.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Irrespective of the above settings, dive time measurements can be either in
 | ||
| seconds or minutes.  Choose the appropriate option. GPS coordinates can be
 | ||
| represented either as traditional coordinates (degrees, minutes, seconds) or
 | ||
| as decimal degrees Choose the appropriate option.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_graph">12.3. Graph</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" id="S_CCR_options" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Pref3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Graph page" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p>This panel allows two type of selections:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Show</strong>: Here users can specify the amount of information shown as part of
 | ||
| the dive profile:
 | ||
| <strong> Thresholds: <em>Subsurface</em> can display the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium partial pressures during
 | ||
|    the dive, enabled by using the toolbar on the left hand side of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
 | ||
|    panel. For each of these graphs users can specify a threshold value on the right-hand side of the
 | ||
|    Preferences panel. If any of the graphs go above the specified threshold level, the graph is
 | ||
|    highlighted in red, indicating that the particular partial pressure threshold has been exceeded.
 | ||
| </strong> <em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> is used for calculating the MOD when displaying the maximum operative depth (MOD)
 | ||
|    for a dive. Specify an appropriate partial pressure. A value of 1.4 is commonly used.
 | ||
| <strong> _Draw dive computer reported ceiling red</em>: This checkbox allows exactly what it says. By default
 | ||
|    the computer reported ceiling is shown in white.
 | ||
|    Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ
 | ||
|    from the ceilings calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> because of the different algorithms and
 | ||
|    gradient factors, as well as the dynamic way that a
 | ||
|    dive computer can calculate ceilings during a dive.
 | ||
| </strong> <em>Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab</em>: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong>. Conversely, if this box is not checked, and if any cylinders entered using the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong> are not used (e.g. there was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list.
 | ||
| <strong>*  <em>Show average depth</em>: If this box is checked, the *Dive Profile</strong> panel contains a grey line that indicates
 | ||
|     the mean depth of the dive up to any time instant during the dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest mean depth just before the
 | ||
|    ascent.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <strong>Misc</strong>:
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist" id="GradientFactors_Ref"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Gradient Factors (GFLow and GFHigh):* Set the <em>gradient factors</em> used while diving. GF_Low is
 | ||
|    the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used just below the surface.
 | ||
|    At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used.
 | ||
|    Gradient factors add conservatism to the nitrogen exposure during a dive, in a
 | ||
|    similar way that many dive computers have a conservatism setting. The lower
 | ||
|    the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with
 | ||
|    respect to nitrogen loading and the deeper the ascent ceilings are. Gradient
 | ||
|    factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 70/90 are considered
 | ||
|    harsh. Checking the <strong>GFLow at max depth</strong> box causes GF_Low to be used at the
 | ||
|    deepest depth of a dive. If this box is not checked, GF_Low is applied at
 | ||
|    all depths deeper than the first deco stop. For more information see:
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>CCR: Show setpoints when viewing pO2:</em> With this checkbox ativated, the pO<sub>2</sub>
 | ||
|     graph on the dive profile has an overlay in red which inticates the CCR setpoint
 | ||
|     values. See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>CCR: Show individual O<sub>2</sub> sensor values when viewing pO<sub>2</sub>:</em> Show the pO<sub>2</sub>
 | ||
|     values associated with each of the individual oxygen sensors of a CCR system.
 | ||
|     See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <strong>Configuring dive planning using rebreather equipment:</strong>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Default CCR setpoint for dive planning:</em> Specify the O<sub>2</sub> setpoint for a
 | ||
|     CCR dive plan. This determines the pO<sub>2</sub>  maintained
 | ||
|     during a particular dive. Setpoint changes during the dive can be added via the
 | ||
|     profile context menu.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>pSCR O<sub>2</sub> metabolism rate:</em> For a semiclosed rebreather (pSCR) system, this is the
 | ||
|     volume of oxygen used by a diver during a minute. Set this value for pSCR dive planning
 | ||
|     and decompression calculations.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>pSCR ratio:</em> For pSCR equipment the dump ratio is the ratio of gas released to the
 | ||
|     environment to that of the gas recirculated to the diver. Set this value for a
 | ||
|     pSCR dive plan. A 1:10 ratio is commonly used.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_language">12.4. Language</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Choose a language that <em>Subsurface</em> will use.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Pref4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Language page" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>A checkbox allows one to use the <em>System Default</em> language which in most
 | ||
| cases will be the correct setting; with this <em>Subsurface</em> simply runs in the
 | ||
| same language / country settings as the underlying operating system. If this
 | ||
| is for some reason undesirable one can uncheck this checkbox and pick a
 | ||
| language / country combination from the list of included localizations. The
 | ||
| <em>Filter</em> text box allows one to list similar languages. For instance there
 | ||
| are several system variants of English or French. <strong>This particular
 | ||
| preference requires a restart of <em>Subsurface</em> to take effect</strong>.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_network">12.5. Network</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>This panel facilitates communication between <em>Subsurface</em> and data sources
 | ||
| on the Internet.  This is important, for instance, when <em>Subsurface</em> needs
 | ||
| to communicate with Internet services such as Cloud storage or the
 | ||
| <a href="#S_Companion"><em>Subsurface Companion app</em></a>. These Internet requirements are
 | ||
| determined by one’s type of connection to the Internet and by the Internet
 | ||
| Service Provider (ISP) used.  One’s ISP should provide the appropriate
 | ||
| information.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Pref5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Network page" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>This dialogue has three sections:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Proxy type</em>:
 | ||
| If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the type of proxy needs to be selected from the dropdown list,
 | ||
| after which the IP address of the host and the appropriate port number should
 | ||
| be provided. If the proxy server uses authentication, the appropriate userID and
 | ||
| password are required so that <em>Subsurface</em> can automatically pass
 | ||
| through the proxy server to access the Internet. This information is usually obtained
 | ||
| from one’s ISP.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>: To store one’s dive log in the cloud, a valid email address
 | ||
|    and password are required. This allows <em>Subsurface</em> to email security information
 | ||
|    regarding cloud storage to a user, and to set up the cloud storage appropriately.
 | ||
|    Two additional options are given:
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Sync to cloud in the background</em>: This option allows saving of dive information to the cloud storage
 | ||
|    while the user performs other tasks within <em>Subsurface</em>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Save password locally</em>: This allows local storage of the cloud storage password. Note that this
 | ||
|    information is saved in raw text form, not encoded in any way.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface web service</em>: When one subscribes to the <a href="#S_Companion">Subsurface web service</a>, a very
 | ||
|      long and hard-to-remember userID is issued. This is the place to save that userID. By
 | ||
|      checking the option <em>Save User ID locally?</em>, one ensures that a local copy of that userID
 | ||
|      is saved.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_Facebook">12.6. Accès Facebook</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Ce panneau vous permet de vous connecter à votre compte Facebook pour
 | ||
| transférer des informations de Subsurface vers Facebook.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Pref6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Si un identifiant Facebook et un mot de passe valides ont été fournis, une
 | ||
| connexion vers Facebook est créée. Cette connexion est fermée lorsque
 | ||
| Subsurface est fermé. Pour le moment, la case à cocher nommée "Conserver ma
 | ||
| connexion à Subsurface", sur l'écran de connexion, n’a aucun
 | ||
| effet. Reportez-vous à la section <a href="#S_facebook">Export des profils de
 | ||
| plongée vers Facebook</a> pour plus d’informations.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_georeference">12.7. Georeference</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a geo-lookup service (that is, given the coordinates
 | ||
| of a dive site (derived from a click on the <strong>Dive Map panel</strong> at the bottom
 | ||
| right of the <em>Subsurface</em> window, or from a GPS instrument or from the
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app), a lookup on the Internet is performed to find
 | ||
| the name of the closest known location. Obviously this function only works
 | ||
| if <em>Subsurface</em> has an Internet connection. The preference of the dive site
 | ||
| name can be configured, e.g. <em>Country/State/City</em> or <em>City/State/Country</em>
 | ||
| (see image below).</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Pref7_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect1">
 | ||
| <h2 id="S_DivePlanner">13. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner</h2>
 | ||
| <div class="sectionbody">
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Dive planning is an advanced feature of <em>Subsurface</em>, accessible by
 | ||
| selecting <em>Log → Plan Dive</em> from the main menu. It allows calculation of
 | ||
| nitrogen load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the
 | ||
| addition of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sidebarblock">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL and assumes the user
 | ||
| is already familiar with the <em>Subsurface</em> user interface. It is explicitly
 | ||
| used under the following conditions:</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to
 | ||
|   perform dive planning.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The user plans dives within his/her certification limits.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the
 | ||
|   <em>average person</em> and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health
 | ||
|   or personal history or life style characteristics.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is
 | ||
|   used.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The user is familiar with the user interface of <em>Subsurface</em>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should
 | ||
|   not use this feature.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_the_em_subsurface_em_dive_planner_screen">13.1. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner screen</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Like the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log, the planner screen is divided into several
 | ||
| sections (see image below). The <strong>setup</strong> parameters for a dive are entered
 | ||
| into the several sections on the left hand side of the screen.  The setup is
 | ||
| divided into several sections: Available Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options
 | ||
| and Notes.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>At the top right hand is a green <strong>design panel</strong> upon which the profile of
 | ||
| the dive can be manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained
 | ||
| below. This feature makes the <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner unique in ease of
 | ||
| use.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of <em>Dive Plan
 | ||
| Details</em>. This is where the details of the dive plan are provided in a way
 | ||
| that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where any warning
 | ||
| messages about the dive plan are printed.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive planner startup window" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_open_circuit_dives">13.2. Open circuit dives</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Towards the centre bottom of the planner (circled in blue in the image
 | ||
|    above) is a dropbox with three options. Select the appropriate one of these:
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Open Circuit (the default)
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| CCR
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| pSCR
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Choose the Open Circuit option.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| In the top left-hand area of the planning screen, ensure that the constant
 | ||
|   dive parameters are appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the
 | ||
|   intended dive, Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude above sea level of the dive
 | ||
|   site. The atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude in metres,
 | ||
|   assuming a sea-level atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| In the table labelled <em>Available Gases</em>, add the information of the
 | ||
|   cylinders to be used as well as the gas composition within that
 | ||
|   cylinder. This is done in a similar way as for
 | ||
|   <a href="#cylinder_definitions">providing cylinder data for dive logs</a>. Choose the
 | ||
|   cylinder type by double clicking the cylinder type and using the dropdown
 | ||
|   list, then specify the work pressure of this cylinder. By leaving the oxygen
 | ||
|   concentration (O2%) filed empty, the cylinder is assumed to contain
 | ||
|   air. Otherwise enter the oxygen and/or helium concentration in the boxes
 | ||
|   provided in this dialogue. Add additional cylinders by using the "+" icon to
 | ||
|   the top right-hand of the dialogue.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The profile of the planned dive can be created in two ways:
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Drag the waypoints (the small white circles) on the existing dive profile in
 | ||
|     a way to represent the dive. Additional waypoints can be created by
 | ||
|     double-clicking the existing dive profile. Waypoints can be deleted by
 | ||
|     right-clicking a particular waypoint and selecting the <em>delete</em> item from
 | ||
|     the resulting context menu.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The most efficient way to create a dive profile is to enter the appropriate
 | ||
|     values into the table marked <em>Dive planner points</em>. The first line of the
 | ||
|     table represents the duration and the final depth of the descent from the
 | ||
|     surface. Subsequent segments describe the bottom phase of the dive.  The <em>CC
 | ||
|     set point</em> column is only relevant for closed circuit divers.  The ascent is
 | ||
|     usually not specified because this is what the planner is supposed to
 | ||
|     calculate.  Add additional segments to the profile by selecting the "+" icon
 | ||
|     at the top right hand of the table. Segments entered into the <em>Dive planner
 | ||
|     points</em> table automatically appear in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> diagram.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_recreational_dives">13.2.1. Recreational dives</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Recreational mode is what comes closest to planning a dive based on the
 | ||
| non-decompression limit (NDL).  It computes the maximal time a diver can
 | ||
| stay at the current depth without incurring any mandatory decompression
 | ||
| stops and without using more than the existing gas (minus a reserve). The
 | ||
| planner automatically takes into account the nitrogen load incurred in
 | ||
| previous dives. But conventional dive tables are also used in a way that can
 | ||
| take into account previous dives. Why use a dive planner for recreational
 | ||
| dives? Using recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of a dive is taken
 | ||
| into account. However, few dives are undertaken at a constant depth
 | ||
| corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a "square" dive profile). This
 | ||
| means that dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load incurred during
 | ||
| previous dives. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner calculates nitrogen load
 | ||
| according to the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous dives, in a
 | ||
| similar way as dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a dive. This
 | ||
| means that the diver gets <em>credit</em> in terms of nitrogen loading for not
 | ||
| remaining at maximum depth during previous dives, enabling planning of a
 | ||
| longer subsequent dive. For the planner to work it is therefore crucial to
 | ||
| upload all previous dives onto <em>Subsurface</em> before performing dive planning.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive, the appropriate settings need to be defined.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure that the date and time is set to that of the intended dive. This
 | ||
| allows calculation of the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Immediately under the heading <em>Planning</em> are two checkboxes <em>Recreational</em>
 | ||
|   and <em>Safety Stop</em>.  Check these two boxes.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Then define the cylinder size, the gas mixture (air or % oxygen) and the
 | ||
|   starting cylinder pressure in the top left-hand section of the planner under
 | ||
|   <em>Available gases</em>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The planner calculates whether the specified cylinder contains enough
 | ||
|   air/gas to complete the planned dive. In order for this to be realistic,
 | ||
|   under <em>Gas options</em>, specify an appropriate surface air consumption (SAC)
 | ||
|   rate for <em>Bottom SAC</em>. Suitable values are between 15 l/min and 30 l/min,
 | ||
|   with novice divers or difficult dives requiring SAC rates closer to 30l/min.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Define the amount of gas that the cylinder must have at the end of the
 | ||
|   bottom section of the dive just before ascent. A value of 50 bar is often
 | ||
|   used. The reason for this reserve gas is to provide for the possible need to
 | ||
|   bring one’s buddy to the surface using gas sharing. How much gas is used in
 | ||
|   sharing depends on the depth of the ascent. This can be a bit hard to
 | ||
|   estimate, so most agencies assume a fixed amount of gas, or actually of
 | ||
|   pressure e.g. 40 or 50 bar or 25% or 33% (rule of thirds). But <em>Subsurface</em>
 | ||
|   can do better because it knows about the ascent and that is why we add the
 | ||
|   amount of gas during the ascent (i.e. the "deco gas“).  Subsurface still
 | ||
|   uses a fixed pressure „reserve“ but that is supposed to be for the
 | ||
|   additional gas used around the realisation that there is a problem and one’s
 | ||
|   pulse rate goes up when one starts to buddy breathe. This reserve amount is
 | ||
|   user configurable.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the
 | ||
|   dive profile or (even better) defining the appropriate depths using the
 | ||
|   table under <em>Dive planner points</em> as desribed under the previous heading. If
 | ||
|   this is a multilevel dive, set the appropriate dive depths to represent the
 | ||
|   dive plan by adding waypoints to the dive profile or by adding appropriate
 | ||
|   dive planner points to the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> table. <em>Subsurface</em> will
 | ||
|   automatically extend the bottom section of the dive to the maximum duration
 | ||
|   within the no-decompression limits (NDL).
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The ascent speed can be changed. The default ascent speeds are those
 | ||
|   considered safe for recreational divers.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile in the planner indicates the maximum dive time within
 | ||
| no-deco limits using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and the gas and depth
 | ||
| settings specified as described above. The <em>Subsurface</em> planner allows rapid
 | ||
| assessment of dive duration as a function of dive depth, given the nitrogen
 | ||
| load incurred during previous dives. The dive plan includes estimates of the
 | ||
| amount of air/gas used, depending on the cylinder settings specified under
 | ||
| <em>Available gases</em>. If the initial cylinder pressure is set to 0, the dive
 | ||
| duration shown is the true no-deco limit (NDL) without taking into account
 | ||
| gas used during the dive. If the surface above the dive profile is RED it
 | ||
| means that recreational dive limits are exceeded and either the dive
 | ||
| duration or the dive depth needs to be reduced.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of a dive plan for a recreational dive at 30
 | ||
| metres. Although the no-deco limit (NDL) is 23 minutes, the duration of the
 | ||
| dive is limited by the amount of air in the cylinder, reflected by the
 | ||
| information in the text box at the bottom right of the panel that requires
 | ||
| sufficient air for buddy-sharing during the ascent.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/rec_diveplan.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: setup" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_non_recreational_open_circuit_dives_including_decompression">13.2.2. Non-recreational open circuit dives, including decompression</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Non-recreational dive planning involves exceeding the no-deco limits and/or
 | ||
| using multiple breathing gases.  Such dives are planned in three stages:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>a) Nitrogen management</strong>: This is performed by specifying the rates for descent and ascent,
 | ||
| as well as the deco model (GFLow, GFHigh or Conservatism level) under the headings <em>Rates</em> and <em>Planning</em>
 | ||
| to the bottom left of the planning screen. Two deco models are supported the Bühlmann model and the VPM-B
 | ||
| model. Select one of the two models. When selecting the Bühlmann model, the gradient factors (GF_high and GF_low
 | ||
| need to be specified. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the <em>Preferences</em>
 | ||
| panel of <em>Subsurface</em> is used. If these are changed within the planner (see <em>Gas Options</em> within
 | ||
| the planner), the new values are
 | ||
| used without changing the original values in the <em>Preferences</em>. Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths.
 | ||
| A very low GFLow value brings about decompression stops early on during the dive.
 | ||
|  ** For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>If the VPM-B model is selected, the Conservatism_level needs to be specified
 | ||
| on a scale of 0 (least conservative) to 4 (most conservative).  This model
 | ||
| tends to give deco stops at deeper levels than the Bühlmann model and often
 | ||
| results in slightly shorter dive durations than the Bühlmann model. When
 | ||
| selecting one of these models, keep in mind that they are NOT exact
 | ||
| physiological models but only mathematical models that appear to work in
 | ||
| practice.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding
 | ||
|    M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient
 | ||
|    factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
 | ||
| <a href="http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco
 | ||
| for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10:
 | ||
| 1-905492-07-3.  Un excellent livre non technique qui traite à la fois des
 | ||
| modèles de décompression Bühlmann et VPM-B.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive
 | ||
| and is specified for several depth ranges, utilising the average (or mean)
 | ||
| depth as a yardstick. The mean depth of the dive plan is indicated by a
 | ||
| light grey line on the dive profile. Ascent rates at deeper levels are often
 | ||
| in the range of 8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are often in
 | ||
| the range of 4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option
 | ||
| <em>Drop to first depth</em> is activated, then the descent phase of the planned
 | ||
| dive will be at the maximal descent rate specified in the <em>Rates</em> section of
 | ||
| the dive setup.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>b) Oxygen management</strong>: In the <strong>Gas Options</strong> part of the dive specification, the maximum partial
 | ||
| pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the
 | ||
| bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom po2</em>) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (<em>deco po2</em>).
 | ||
| The most commonly
 | ||
| used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression
 | ||
| stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. PO2 settings and the depth at which switching to a gas takes place can also be edited in the
 | ||
| <em>Available Gases</em> dialog. Normally the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during
 | ||
| ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has increased to 1.6 bar.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>c) Gas management</strong>: With open-circuit dives this is a primary consideration. One needs to keep within the limits of the amount of gas within the dive
 | ||
| cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for a safe return to the surface, possibly
 | ||
| sharing with a buddy. Under the <em>Gas Options</em> heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate
 | ||
| of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in
 | ||
| litres/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported).  Specify the SAC during the
 | ||
| bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom SAC</em>) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the
 | ||
| dive (<em>deco SAC</em>). Values of 15-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a thumbsuck guess
 | ||
| is not sufficient and one needs to
 | ||
| monitor one’s gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment.
 | ||
| The planner calculates the total volume of gas used during the dive and issues a warning
 | ||
| if one exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that one does not dive to
 | ||
| the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept for unforeseen circumstances.
 | ||
| For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Now (at last) one can start the detailed time-depth planning of the
 | ||
| dive. <em>Subsurface</em> offers a unique graphical interface for performing this
 | ||
| part of the planning. The mechanics of doing this is similar to
 | ||
| hand-entering a dive profile in the dive log part of <em>Subsurface</em>. Upon
 | ||
| activating the planner, a default dive of depth 15 m for 40 min is offered
 | ||
| in the bue design surface to the top right hand of the screen. The white
 | ||
| dots (waypoints) on the profile can be dragged with a mouse. Create more
 | ||
| waypoints by double-clicking on the profile line and ensuring that the
 | ||
| profile reflects the intended dive. Drag the waypoints to represent the
 | ||
| depth and duration of the dive. It is NOT necessary to specify the ascent
 | ||
| part of the dive since the planner calculates this, based on the settings
 | ||
| that have been specified.  If any of the management limits (for nitrogen,
 | ||
| oxygen or gas) is exceeded, the surface above the dive profile changes from
 | ||
| BLUE to RED.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a <em>Dive Planner Point</em> in the
 | ||
| table on the left of the dive planner panel. Ensure that the <em>Used Gas</em>
 | ||
| value in each row of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures
 | ||
| specified in the <em>Available Gases</em> table.  Add new waypoints until the main
 | ||
| features of the dive have been completed, e.g. the bottom time segment and
 | ||
| deep stops (if these are implemented). Leave the remaining waypoints on the
 | ||
| ascent to <em>Subsurface</em>. In most cases <em>Subsurface</em> computes additional way
 | ||
| points in order to fulfil decompression requirements for that dive. A
 | ||
| waypoint can be moved by selecting that waypoint and by using the arrow
 | ||
| keys.  The waypoints listed in the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialogue can be
 | ||
| edited by hand in order to obtain a precise presentation of the dive
 | ||
| plan. In fact, one can create the whole dive profile by editing the <em>Dive
 | ||
| Planner Points</em> dialog.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Indicate any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as
 | ||
| explained in the section <a href="#S_CreateProfile">hand-creating a dive profile</a>. These changes should reflect the cylinders and gas compositions
 | ||
| defined in the table with <em>Available Gases</em>.  If two or more gases are used,
 | ||
| automatic gas switches will be suggested during the ascent to the
 | ||
| surface. However, these changes can be deleted by right-clicking the gas
 | ||
| change and by manually creating a gas change by right-clicking on the
 | ||
| appropriate waypoint.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>A non-zero value in the "CC set point" column of the table of dive planner
 | ||
| points indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the
 | ||
| segment is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the last
 | ||
| manually entered segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is
 | ||
| computed assuming the diver uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the
 | ||
| last segment (however short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero
 | ||
| set-point) the decompression is computed in OC mode. The planner only
 | ||
| considers gas changes in OC mode.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using EAN26, followed by an ascent
 | ||
| using EAN50 and using the settings as described above.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Once the above has been completed, one can save it by clicking the <em>Save</em>
 | ||
| button towards the top middle of the planner. The saved dive plan will
 | ||
| appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>The dive plan details</strong></p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>On the bottom right of the dive planner, under <em>Dive Plan Details</em>, the
 | ||
| exact details of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified
 | ||
| by checking any of the options under the <em>Notes</em> section of the dive
 | ||
| planner, immediately to the left of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. If a <em>Verbatim
 | ||
| dive plan</em> is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive
 | ||
| plan is given. If any of the management specifications have been exceeded
 | ||
| during the planning, a warning message is printed underneath the dive plan
 | ||
| information.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>If the option <em>Display segment duration</em> is checked, then the duration of
 | ||
| each depth level is indicated in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This duration
 | ||
| INCLUDES the transition time to get to that level. However, if the <em>Display
 | ||
| transition in deco</em> option is checked, the transitions are shown separately
 | ||
| from the segment durations at a particular level.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_planning_pscr_dives">13.3. Planning pSCR dives</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a passive semi-closed rebreather (pSCR), select <em>pSCR</em> rather than
 | ||
| <em>Open circuit</em> in the dropdown list.
 | ||
| The parameters of the pSCR dive can be set by selecting  <em>File →   Preferences →   Graph</em>
 | ||
| from the main menu, where the gas consumption calculation takes into account the pSCR dump
 | ||
| ratio (default 10:1) as well as the metabolism rate. The calculation also takes the oxygen drop
 | ||
| accross the mouthpiece of the rebreather into account. If the
 | ||
| pO<sub>2</sub> drops below what is considered a save value, a warning appears in the <em>Dive plan
 | ||
| details</em>. A typical pSCR configuration is with a single cylinder and one or more bail-out
 | ||
| cylinders. Therefore the setup of the <em>Available gases</em> and the <em>Dive planner points</em> tables
 | ||
| are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described below. However, no oxygen setpoints
 | ||
| are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive is comparable
 | ||
| to that of the CCR dive below, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen
 | ||
| in the loop due to the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece of the pSCR equipment.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_planning_ccr_dives">13.4. Planning CCR dives</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a closed circuit rebreather, select the <em>CCR</em> option in
 | ||
| the dropdown list, circled in blue in the image below.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Available gases</strong>: In the <em>Available gases</em> table, enter the cylinder information for the
 | ||
| diluent cylinder and for any bail-out cylinders. Do NOT enter the information for the oxygen
 | ||
| cylinder since it is implied when the <em>CCR</em> dropdown selection is made.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Entering setpoints</strong>: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting <em>File →  Preferences →  Graph</em> from
 | ||
| the main menu. All user-entered segments in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table
 | ||
| use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified for dive segments
 | ||
| in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table. A zero setpoint
 | ||
| means the diver bails out to open circuit mode for that segment. The decompression is always calculated
 | ||
| using the setpoint of the last manually entered segment. So, to plan a bail out ascent for a
 | ||
| CCR dive, add a one-minute dive segment to the end with a setpoint value of 0. The decompression
 | ||
| algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but,
 | ||
| of course, this is calculated for bail out ascents.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a CCR dive: setup" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Note that, in the <em>Dive plan details</em>, the gas consumption for a CCR segment
 | ||
| is not calculated, so gas consumptions of 0 litres are the norm.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_Replan">13.5. Modifying an existing dive plan</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the <strong>Dive
 | ||
| List</strong>, like any other dive log. Within the <strong>Dive List</strong> there is not a way to
 | ||
| change a saved dive plan.  To perform changes to a dive plan, select it on
 | ||
| the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then, in the main menu, select <em>Log → Re-plan dive</em>. This
 | ||
| will open the selected dive plan within the dive planner, allowing changes
 | ||
| to be made and saved as usual.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>In addition there is the option "Save new". This keeps the original planned
 | ||
| dive and adds a (possibly modified) copy to the dive list. If that copy is
 | ||
| saved with the same start time as the original, the two dives are considered
 | ||
| two versions of the same dive and do not influence other each during
 | ||
| decompression calculation (see next section).</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_planning_for_repetitive_dives">13.6. Planning for repetitive dives</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the
 | ||
| repetitive dive set is specified appropriately in the top left-hand <em>Start
 | ||
| Time</em> field. <em>Subsurface</em> calculates the gas loading figures correctly and
 | ||
| the effect of the first dive is evaluated on later dives.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>If one has just completed a long/deep dive and is planning another dive,
 | ||
| then highlight, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive that has just been completed
 | ||
| and then activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned
 | ||
| dive, the planner takes into account the gas loading incurred during the
 | ||
| completed dive and allows planning within these limitations.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a
 | ||
| template dive can be created conforming to one of the configurations. If one
 | ||
| now wishes to plan a dive using this configuration, just highlight the
 | ||
| template dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and activate the planner: the planner takes
 | ||
| into account the configuration in the highlighted dive.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_printing_the_dive_plan">13.7. Printing the dive plan</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Print</em> button in the planner allows printing of the <em>Dive
 | ||
| Plan Details</em> for wet notes. Alternatively one can cut and paste the <em>Dive
 | ||
| Plan Details</em> for inclusion in a text file or word processing document.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile,
 | ||
| dive notes, etc).  After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and
 | ||
| gas calculations are saved in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. While a dive plan is being
 | ||
| designed, it can be printed using the <em>Print</em> button in the dive
 | ||
| planner. This prints the dive details and gas calculations in the <em>Dive Plan
 | ||
| Details</em> panel of the dive planner. However, after the plan has been saved,
 | ||
| it is represented in a way very similar to a dive log and the gas
 | ||
| calculations cannot be accessed in the same way as during the planning
 | ||
| process. The only way to print the dive plan is to use the <em>File → Print</em>
 | ||
| facility on the main menu in the same way as for dive logs or by copy and
 | ||
| paste to a word processor.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect1">
 | ||
| <h2 id="_description_des_éléments_du_menu_principal_de_subsurface">14. Description des éléments du menu principal de Subsurface</h2>
 | ||
| <div class="sectionbody">
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Cette section décrit les fonctions et les opérations des éléments du menu
 | ||
| principal de Subsurface. Plusieurs éléments ci-dessous sont des liens vers
 | ||
| des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_fichier">14.1. Fichier</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>Nouveau carnet de plongée</em></a> - Fermer le carnet de plongée
 | ||
|   actuellement ouvert et supprime toutes les informations de plongées.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Ouvrir un carnet de plongée</em> - Cela ouvre une fenêtre pour sélectionner le
 | ||
|   carnet de plongée à ouvrir.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Open cloud storage</em> - Open the dive log previously saved in
 | ||
|   <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Sauvegarder</em> - Enregistrer le carnet de plongée qui est actuellement
 | ||
|   ouvert.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Save to cloud storage</em> - Save the current dive log to
 | ||
|   <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Enregsitrer sous</em> - Enregistrer le carnet actuel sous un nom différent.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Fermer</em> - Fermer le carnet de plongée actuellement ouvert.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Exporter</em></a> - Exporter le carnet de plongée actuellement
 | ||
|   ouvert (ou les plongées sélectionnées dans le carnet) vers un des nombreux
 | ||
|   formats.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Imprimer</em></a> - Imprimer le carnet de plongée actuellement
 | ||
|   ouvert.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Préférences</em></a> - Définir les  préférences de <em>Subsurface</em>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_FindMovedImages"><em>Find moved images</em></a> - If photos taken during dives
 | ||
|   have been moved to
 | ||
|       a different disk or directory, locate them and link them to the appropriate
 | ||
|       dives.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_Configure"><em>Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> - Modifier la
 | ||
|   configuration d’un ordinateur de plongée.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Quitter</em> - Quitter <em>Subsurface</em>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_importer">14.2. Importer</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Importer depuis un l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> -
 | ||
|   Importer des informations de plongées à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#Unified_import"><em>Importer des fichiers de log</em></a> - Importer des
 | ||
|   informations de plongées à partir d’un fichier d’un format compatible avec
 | ||
|   <em>Subsurface</em>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_Companion"><em>Importer les données GPS depis le service web Subsurface</em></a> -
 | ||
|   Charge les coordonnées GPS à partir de l’application mobile <em>Subsurface</em>
 | ||
|   (téléphones et tablettes).
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Importer depuis Divelogs.de</em></a> - Importer des
 | ||
|   informations de plongées à partir de <em>www.Divelogs.de</em>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_journal_log">14.3. Journal (log)</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Ajouter une plongée</em></a> -  Ajouter manuellement une nouvelle
 | ||
|   plongée au panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Edit dive</em> - Edit a dive of which the profile was entered by hande and not
 | ||
|   from a dive computer.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Planifier une plongée</em></a> - Cette fonctionnalité permet de
 | ||
|   planifier des plongées.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_Replan"><em>Modifier la plongée dans le planificateur</em></a> - Modifier une
 | ||
|   plongée planifiée qui a été enregistrée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em></a> - En
 | ||
|   sélectionnant cette option, vous pouvez copier les informations de plusieurs
 | ||
|   champs d’un journal de plongée vers le presse-papier.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Coller les composants de la plongée</em>  - Colle, dans les plongées
 | ||
|   sélectionnées dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, les informations copiées au
 | ||
|   préalable avec l’option <em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Renuméroter</em></a> - Renuméroter les plongées sélectionnées dans
 | ||
|   le panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_Group"><em>Grouper automatiquement</em></a> - Grouper les plongées du panneau de
 | ||
|   <strong>liste des plongées</strong> dans des voyages de plongées.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Editer les noms des ordinateurs de plongée</em></a> - Modifier
 | ||
|   les noms des ordinateurs de plongée pour faciliter vos journaux (logs).
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_Filter"><em>Filtrer la liste des plongées</em></a> - Sélectionner seulement
 | ||
|   certaines plongées, à partir de tags ou de critères de plongées.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_vue">14.4. Vue</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Tout</em></a> - Affiche les quatre panneaux principaux de
 | ||
|   <em>Subsurface</em> simultanément.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Liste des plongées</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la
 | ||
|   <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Profil</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau du <strong>profil de la
 | ||
|   plongée</strong>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Info</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau des <strong>notes</strong>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Globe</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la <strong>carte
 | ||
|   mondiale</strong>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Statistiques annuelles</em>  - Affiche par année le résumé des statistiques des
 | ||
|   plongées effectuées.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Prev DC</em> - If a single dive was logged from more than one dive computer,
 | ||
|   switch to data from
 | ||
|    ordinateur de plongée précédent.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Ordinateur suivant</em>  - Passer à l’ordinateur de plongée suivant.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Plein écran</em>  - Passer en mode plein écran.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_share_on">14.5. Share on</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_Facebook"><em>Facebook</em></a> - Partager la plongée sélectionnée sur votre
 | ||
|   Facebook.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_aide">14.6. Aide</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>À propos de Subsurface</em>  - Affiche un panneau avec le numéro de version de
 | ||
|   <em>Subsurface</em> ainsi que les informations de licence.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Vérifier les mises à jour</em>  - Vérifier si une nouvelle version de
 | ||
|   Subsurface est disponible sur le <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de
 | ||
|   <em>Subsurface</em> </a>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <a href="#S_UserSurvey"><em>Sondge utilisateur</em></a> - Aider à rendre <em>Subsurface</em> encore
 | ||
|   meilleur en répondant à notre sondage utilisateur ou en répondant à un autre
 | ||
|   sondage, si vos habitudes de plongées ont changées.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Manuel utilisateur</em>  - Ouvre une fenêtre affichant ce manuel utilisateur.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect1">
 | ||
| <h2 id="_annexe_a_informations_spécifiques_au_système_d_8217_exploitation_utilisé_pour_importer_les_informations_de_plongées_depuis_un_ordinateur_de_plongée">15. ANNEXE A : informations spécifiques au système d’exploitation utilisé pour importer les informations de plongées depuis un ordinateur de plongée.</h2>
 | ||
| <div class="sectionbody">
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_assurez_vous_que_les_pilotes_drivers_nécessaires_sont_installés">15.1. Assurez-vous que les pilotes (drivers) nécessaires sont installés</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Le système d’exploitation de l’ordinateur nécessite les bons pilotes pour
 | ||
| communiquer avec l’ordinateur de plongée de la façon utilisée par
 | ||
| l’ordinateur de plongée (Bluetooth, USB, infra-rouge).</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Sous Linux, les utilisateurs doivent avoir le bon module noyau de chargé. La
 | ||
|           plupart des distributions Linux le font automatiquement, de telle sorte que
 | ||
|           l’utilisateur n’ait rien à faire de particulier. Cependant, certains
 | ||
|           protocoles de communication nécessitent des pilotes additionnels, plus
 | ||
|           particulièrement pour certaines technologies telles que l’infra-rouge.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Sous Windows, le bon pilote devrait être téléchargé automatiquement la
 | ||
|           première fois que l’utilisateur branche son ordinateur de plongée sur le
 | ||
|           port USB de son ordinateur de bureau.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Sous Mac, les utilisateurs peuvent parfois avoir besoin d’installer
 | ||
| manuellement le bon pilote. Par exemple, pour le Mares Puck ou n’importe
 | ||
| quel autre ordinateur de plongée utilisant une interface USB-série basé sur
 | ||
| le composant Silicon Labs CP2101 ou similaire, le bon pilote est disponible
 | ||
| sous <em>Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip</em> sur le
 | ||
| <a href="http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101">dépôt
 | ||
| de documents et logiciels Silicon Labs</a>.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">15.2. Comment trouver le nom du périphérique branché sur USB et paramétrer les permissions en écriture</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Lorsqu’un utilisateur connecte un ordinateur de plongée en utilisant l’USB,
 | ||
| généralement <em>Subsurface</em> proposera soit une liste déroulante contenant le
 | ||
| bon nom (ou le point de montage pour un Uemis Zurich) ou la liste sera
 | ||
| désactivée si aucun nom de périphérique n’est nécessaire. Dans les rares cas
 | ||
| où cela ne fonctionnerait pas, voici quelques suggestions pour trouver le
 | ||
| nom de votre périphérique ;</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Windows :</div><p>Essayez simplement COM1, COM2, etc. La liste déroulante devrait contenir
 | ||
| tous les périphériques COM connectés.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur MacOS :</div><p>La liste déroulante devrait contenir tous les ordinateurs de plongée
 | ||
| connectés.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Linux :</div><p>Il existe un moyen sûr de trouver le port :</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Déconnecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Ouvrir un terminal
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Connecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Un message similaire à celui-ci devrait apparaitre :</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd
 | ||
| usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial
 | ||
| USB Serial support registered for generic
 | ||
| usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic
 | ||
| usbserial: USB Serial Driver core
 | ||
| USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device
 | ||
| ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected
 | ||
| usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM
 | ||
| usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2
 | ||
| usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64
 | ||
| usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64
 | ||
| usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64
 | ||
| usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3
 | ||
| usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio
 | ||
| ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>La troisième ligne en partant du bas montre que l’adaptateur FTDI USB est
 | ||
| détecté et connecté sur <code>ttyUSB3</code>. Cette information peut à présent être
 | ||
| utilisée pour les paramètres d’importation en tant que <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code> pour
 | ||
| que Subsurface utilise le bon port USB.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>S’assurer que l’utilisateur possède les droits d'écriture sur le port série
 | ||
| USB :</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Sur les systèmes similaires à Unix, les ports USB ne peuvent être accédés
 | ||
| que par des utilisateurs membres du groupe <code>dialout</code>. Si vous n'êtes pas
 | ||
| root, vous n'êtes peut-être pas membre de ce groupe et ne pouvez donc pas
 | ||
| utiliser le port USB. Si votre nom d’utilisateur est <em>johnB</em> :</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>En tant que root, tapez : usermod -a -G dialout johnB+ (utilisateurs
 | ||
| d’Ubuntu : <code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code>)  Cela ajoute johnB au groupe
 | ||
| <code>dialout</code>.
 | ||
| Tapez : <code>id johnB</code>     Cela liste tous les groupes auquel johnB appartient et
 | ||
| vérifiez que
 | ||
| l’appartenance au groupe est bien effectif. Le groupe <code>dialout</code> devrait
 | ||
| être listé
 | ||
| parmi les différents IDs.
 | ||
| Sous certaines circonstances, les modifications ne prennent effet qu’après une déconnexionpuis reconnexion sur l’ordinateur (sous Ubuntu, par exemple).
 | ||
| Avec le bon nom de périphérique (par exemple <code>dev/ttyUSB3</code>) et avec un accès
 | ||
| en écriture au port USB, l’ordinateur de plongée devrait se connecter et
 | ||
| vous devriez pouvoir importer vos plongées.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">15.3. Manually setting up Bluetooth enabled devices</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">For dive computers communicating through Bluetooth like the Heinrichs
 | ||
| Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator, Petrel and Nerd there is a
 | ||
| different procedure to get the devices name to communicate with
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em>. Follow these steps:</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <strong>For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, ensure it is in Upload mode.</strong>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the manufacturer’s user
 | ||
| guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd, select <em>Dive Log →
 | ||
| Upload Log</em> and wait for the <em>Wait PC</em> message.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <strong>Pair the <em>Subsurface</em> computer with the dive computer.</strong>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_sur_windows_2">15.3.1. Sur Windows :</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer
 | ||
| choose <em>Control Panel → Bluetooth Devices → Add Wireless Device</em>.  This
 | ||
| should bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (which should be in
 | ||
| Bluetooth mode) and allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose
 | ||
| <em>Properties→ COM Ports</em> to identify the port used for your dive
 | ||
| computer. If there are several ports listed, use the one saying "Outgoing"
 | ||
| instead of "Incoming".</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>For downloading to <em>Subsurface</em>, the <em>Subsurface</em> drop-down list should
 | ||
| contain this COM port already. If not, enter it manually.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer
 | ||
| using other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_sur_macos">15.3.2. Sur MacOS :</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select <em>Set up Bluetooth
 | ||
| Device…</em>. The dive computer should then show up in the list of
 | ||
| devices. Select it and go through the pairing process. This step should only
 | ||
| be needed once for initial setup.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Once the pairing is completed the correct device is shown in the <em>Device or
 | ||
| Mount Point</em> drop-down in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Import</strong> dialog.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect3">
 | ||
| <h4 id="_sur_linux">15.3.3. Sur Linux</h4>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure Bluetooth is enabled on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer.  On most common
 | ||
| distributions this should be true out of the box and pairing should be
 | ||
| straight forward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a Bluetooth icon on the right
 | ||
| of the toolbar at the top of the screen.  Users have reported difficulties
 | ||
| with some Bluetooth controllers.  If you have an onboard controller, try
 | ||
| that first.  It is simplest if you remove any USB Bluetooth dongles.  If you
 | ||
| have a USB dongle that came with your dive computer, try that before any
 | ||
| others.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Setting up a connection to download dives from your Bluetooth-enabled
 | ||
| device, such as the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, is not yet an automated process and
 | ||
| will generally require the command prompt.  It is essentially a three step
 | ||
| process.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Enable the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Establish an RFCOMM connection
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Download the dives with Subsurface
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure the dive computer is in upload mode. On the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>,
 | ||
| <em>Petrel 2</em> and <em>Nerd</em> cycle through the menu, select <em>Dive Log</em>, then
 | ||
| <em>Upload Log</em>.  The display will read <em>Initializing</em>, then <em>Wait PC 3:00</em> and
 | ||
| will countdown.  Once the connection is established, the display reads <em>Wait
 | ||
| CMD …</em> and the countdown continues. When downloading the dive from
 | ||
| Subsurface, the display reads <em>Sending</em> then <em>Sent Dive</em>.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>To establish the connection, establish root access through <code>sudo</code> or <code>su</code>.
 | ||
| The correct permission is required to download the dives in the computer. On
 | ||
| most Linux systems this means becoming a member of the dialout group (This
 | ||
| is identical as for many dive computers using a Linux USB port, described in
 | ||
| the previous section). On the command terminal, enter:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout username</code></p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Then log out and log in for the change to take effect.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect4">
 | ||
| <h5 id="_enabling_the_bluetooth_controller_and_pairing_your_dive_computer">Enabling the Bluetooth controller and pairing your dive computer</h5>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Attempt to set up the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer using
 | ||
| the graphical environment of the operating system. After setting the dive
 | ||
| computer to upload mode, click the Bluetooth icon in the system tray and
 | ||
| select <em>Add new device</em>. The dive computer should appear. If asked for a
 | ||
| password, enter 0000.  Write down or copy the MAC address of your dive
 | ||
| computer - this needed later and should be in the form  00:11:22:33:44:55.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>If the graphical method didn’t work, pair the device from the command
 | ||
| line. Open a terminal and use <code>hciconfig</code> to check the Bluetooth controller
 | ||
| status</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>$ hciconfig
 | ||
| hci0:   Type: BR/EDR  Bus: USB
 | ||
|         BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB  ACL MTU: 310:10  SCO MTU: 64:8
 | ||
|         *DOWN*
 | ||
|         RX bytes:504 acl:0 sco:0 events:22 errors:0
 | ||
|         TX bytes:92 acl:0 sco:0 commands:21 errors:0</code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>This indicates a Bluetooth controller with MAC address 01:23:45:67:89:AB,
 | ||
| connected as hci0.  Its status is <em>DOWN</em>, i.e. not powered.  Additional
 | ||
| controllers will appear as hci1, etc.  If there is not a Bluetooth dongle
 | ||
| plugged in upon booting the computer, hci0 is probably the onboard.  Now
 | ||
| power on the controller and enable authentication:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up auth+  (enter password when prompted)
 | ||
| hciconfig
 | ||
| hci0:  Type: BR/EDR  Bus: USB
 | ||
|         BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB  ACL MTU: 310:10  SCO MTU: 64:8
 | ||
|         *UP RUNNING PSCAN AUTH*
 | ||
|         RX bytes:1026 acl:0 sco:0 events:47 errors:0
 | ||
|         TX bytes:449 acl:0 sco:0 commands:46 errors:0</code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Check that the status now includes <code><em>UP</em>, <em>RUNNING</em> AND <em>AUTH</em></code>.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>If there are multiple controllers running, it’s easiest to off the unused
 | ||
| controller(s). For example, for <code>hci1</code>:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci1 down</code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Next step is to <em>trust</em> and <em>pair</em> the dive computer. On distros with Bluez
 | ||
| 5, such as Fedora 22, one can use a tool called <code>blutootctl</code>, which will
 | ||
| bring up its own command prompt.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>bluetoothctl
 | ||
| [NEW] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB localhost.localdomain [default]
 | ||
| [bluetooth]# agent on
 | ||
| Agent registered
 | ||
| [bluetooth]# default-agent
 | ||
| Default agent request successful
 | ||
| [bluetooth]# scan on                        <----now set your dive computer to upload mode
 | ||
| Discovery started
 | ||
| [CHG] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB Discovering: yes
 | ||
| [NEW] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
 | ||
| [bluetooth]# trust 00:11:22:33:44:55        <----you can use the tab key to autocomplete the MAC address
 | ||
| [CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Trusted: yes
 | ||
| Changing 00:11:22:33:44:55 trust succeeded
 | ||
| [bluetooth]# pair 00:11:22:33:44:55
 | ||
| Attempting to pair with 00:11:22:33:44:55
 | ||
| [CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes
 | ||
| [CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 UUIDs: 00001101-0000-1000-8000-0089abc12345
 | ||
| [CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Paired: yes
 | ||
| Pairing successful
 | ||
| [CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: no</code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>If asked for a password, enter 0000. It’s ok if the last line says
 | ||
| <em>Connected: no</em>. The important part is the line above, <code>Pairing successful</code>.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>If the system has Bluez version 4 (e.g. Ubuntu 12.04 through to 15.04),
 | ||
| there is probably not a <code>bluetoothctl</code>, but a script called
 | ||
| <code>bluez-simple-agent</code> or just <code>simple-agent</code>.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>hcitool -i hci0 scanning
 | ||
| Scanning ...
 | ||
|         00:11:22:33:44:55       Petrel
 | ||
|         bluez-simple-agent hci0 00:11:22:33:44:55</code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Once ther dive computer is pired, set up the RFCOMM connection</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect4">
 | ||
| <h5 id="_establishing_the_rfcomm_connection">Establishing the RFCOMM connection</h5>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The command to establish an RFCOMM connection is:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]</code></p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <code><controller></code> is the Bluetooth controller, <code>hci0</code>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <code><dev></code> is the RFCOMM device file, <code>rfcomm0</code>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <code><bdaddr></code> is the dive computer’s MAC address, <code>00:11:22:33:44:55</code>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <code>[channel]</code> is the dive computer’s Bluetooth channel we need to connect to.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>If one omits it, channel 1 is assumed.  Based on a limited number of user
 | ||
| reports, the appropriate channel for the dive computer is probably:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Shearwater Petrel 1</em>: channel 1
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>: channel 5
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Shearwater Nerd</em>: channel 5
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| <em>Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport</em>: channel 1
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>E.g. to connect a <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>, set the dive computer to upload
 | ||
| mode and enter:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)</code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>This gives the response:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5
 | ||
| Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>To connect a _Shearwater Petrel 1+ or + HW OSTC Sport+, set the dive
 | ||
| computer to upload mode and enter:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55   (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)
 | ||
| Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 1
 | ||
| Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>If the specific channel the dive computer needs is not known, or the channel
 | ||
| in the list above doesn’t work, the command <code>sdptool records</code> should help
 | ||
| determine the appropriate channel. The output below is for a <em>Shearwater
 | ||
| Petrel 2</em>.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>sdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55
 | ||
| Service Name: Serial Port
 | ||
| Service RecHandle: 0x10000
 | ||
| Service Class ID List:
 | ||
|         "Serial Port" (0x1101)
 | ||
|         Protocol Descriptor List:
 | ||
|         "L2CAP" (0x0100)
 | ||
|         "RFCOMM" (0x0003)
 | ||
|         Channel: 5</code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>For a Bluetooth dive computer not in the list above, or if the channel
 | ||
| listed is not correct, please let the Subsurface developers know on the user
 | ||
| forum or the developer mailing list <em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em>.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect4">
 | ||
| <h5 id="_download_the_dives_with_subsurface">Download the dives with Subsurface</h5>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>After establishing the RFCOMM connection and while the dive computer’s
 | ||
| upload mode countdown is still running, go to_Subsurface_, select
 | ||
| <em>Import→Import from dive computer</em> and enter appropriate Vendor
 | ||
| (e.g. <em>Shearwater</em>), Dive Computer (<em>Petrel</em>), Device or Mount Point
 | ||
| (<em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>) and click <em>Download</em>.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect1">
 | ||
| <h2 id="_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">16. APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive data.</h2>
 | ||
| <div class="sectionbody">
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_ImportUemis">16.1. Importing from Uemis Zurich</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> downloads the information stored on the SDA (the built-in file
 | ||
| system of the Uemis) including information about dive spots and
 | ||
| equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable.  Things are very
 | ||
| similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer (the Uemis is one of those
 | ||
| that recharge when connected to the USB port).  The main difference is that
 | ||
| one does not enter a device name, but instead the location where the
 | ||
| UEMISSDA file system is mounted once connected to the dive computer. On
 | ||
| Windows this is a drive letter ( often <em>E:</em> or <em>F:</em>), on a Mac this is
 | ||
| <em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em> and on Linux systems this differs depending on the
 | ||
| distribution. On Fedora it usually is
 | ||
| <em>/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA</em>. In all cases <em>Subsurface</em> should
 | ||
| suggest the correct location in the drop down list.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting the above device name, download the dives from the Uemis
 | ||
| Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich download implementation
 | ||
| (this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a <em>Subsurface</em> issue) is that one
 | ||
| cannot download more than about 40-50 dives without running out of memory on
 | ||
| the SDA. This will usually only happen the very first time one downloads
 | ||
| dives from the Uemis Zurich.  Normally when downloading at the end of a day
 | ||
| or even after a dive trip, the capacity is sufficient. If <em>Subsurface</em>
 | ||
| displays an error that the dive computer ran out of space the solution is
 | ||
| straight forward.  Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and
 | ||
| reconnect it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the
 | ||
| download will continue where it stopped previously. One may have to do this
 | ||
| more than once, depending on how many dives are stored on the dive computer.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">16.2. Importing from Uwatec Galileo</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication between
 | ||
| the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses a USB dongle
 | ||
| based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the MSC7780 IrDA controller
 | ||
| manufactured by MosChip and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics
 | ||
| companies.  Under Linux, the kernel already provides for communication using
 | ||
| the IrDA protocol. However, the user additionally needs to load a driver for
 | ||
| the IrDA interface with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the
 | ||
| <strong>irda-tools</strong> package from the
 | ||
| <a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux IrDA Project</a>.  After
 | ||
| the installation of the irda-tools, the <strong>root user</strong> can specify a device
 | ||
| name from the console as follows: <code>irattach irda0</code></td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>After executing this command, Subsurface will recognise the Galileo dive
 | ||
| computer and download dive information.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are
 | ||
| available from some Internet web sites e.g.
 | ||
| <a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>.
 | ||
| Windows-based IrDA drivers for the Uwatec can also be downloaded from the
 | ||
| ScubaPro web site, drivers being located on the download page for the
 | ||
| ScubaPro SmartTrak software.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not available
 | ||
| for OSX 10.6 or higher.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">16.3. Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF
 | ||
| file for every dive.  Mark all the dives you’d like to import or open.
 | ||
| Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information,
 | ||
| so for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient
 | ||
| factors in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay
 | ||
| in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco
 | ||
| calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on
 | ||
| the DR5.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_ImportingXDeep">16.4. Importing from xDEEP BLACK</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Each dive has to be individually saved as UDDF file using "Export UDDF"
 | ||
| option in BLACK’s logbook menu.  When mounted as a USB drive UDDF files are
 | ||
| available in LOGBOOK directory.  Note: The xDEEP BLACK saves NDL time but
 | ||
| does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so for
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient factors
 | ||
| in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay in the
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco calculated
 | ||
| by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on the xDEEP
 | ||
| BLACK.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_importing_from_shearwater_predator_petrel_nerd_using_bluetooth">16.5. Importing from Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd using Bluetooth</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Specific instructions for downloading dives using Bluetooth are given in the
 | ||
| section above, <a href="#S_Bluetooth"><em>Connecting Subsurface to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</em></a>.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">16.6. Importing from Poseidon MkVI Discovery</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom
 | ||
| communications adapter and the <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>,
 | ||
| obtained when purchasing the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows
 | ||
| application allowing configuration of equipment and storage of dive
 | ||
| logs. Communication between dive computer and desktop computer utilises the
 | ||
| IrDA infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive can be downloaded at a time,
 | ||
| comprising three files:</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt
 | ||
|   extension)
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Dive log details (file with a .csv extension)
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed
 | ||
|   version of the dive log using a proprietary format.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> accesses the .txt and the .csv files to obtain dive log
 | ||
| information.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_importing_from_apd_inspiration_evolution_ccr">16.7. Importing from APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are
 | ||
| downloaded using a communications adapter and <em>AP Communicator</em>, obtained
 | ||
| when purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the <em>AP Log
 | ||
| Viewer</em>, within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and
 | ||
| managed from within <em>Subsurface</em> (together with dives using many other types
 | ||
| of dive computer). The APD inspiration dive logs are imported into
 | ||
| <em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Download the dive using <em>AP Communicator</em>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Open a dive within the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled "<em>Data</em>".
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| With the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on "<em>Copy to
 | ||
|   Clipboard</em>".
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows) or TextWrangler (Mac).
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text
 | ||
|   file with a filename extension of <em>.apd</em>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Within <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to open the
 | ||
|   <a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue (labled
 | ||
|   <em>Filter:</em>), select "APD log viewer".
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| On the list of file names select the <em>.apd</em> file that has been created
 | ||
|   above. An import dialogue opens indicating the default settings for the data
 | ||
|   in the <em>.apd</em> file. If any changes are required, do this as for
 | ||
|   <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">CSV imports</a>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg" alt="Figure: APD log viewer import" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The top left hand dropdown box in the import panel allows one to select the
 | ||
|   APD dive computer for which the dive log needs to be imported. The default
 | ||
|   it is DC1, <em>i.e.</em> the first of the two dive computers the APD uses. It is
 | ||
|   possible to sequentially import the data for both dive computers by first
 | ||
|   importing CD1 and then DC2.(<strong>Hint</strong>: The logs for the two dive computers are
 | ||
|   viewed by selecting <em>View → Next DC</em> from the Main Menu after the uploading
 | ||
|   has been completed)
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Click the <em>Ok</em> button at the bottom of the import panel.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The APD dive log will appear within <em>Subsurface</em>. The dive
 | ||
| computer-generated ceiling generated by the Inspiration can be viewed by
 | ||
| selecting the appropriate button on the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. Cylinder
 | ||
| pressure data are not logged by the APD equipment but can be manually
 | ||
| entered in the <em>Equipment</em> Tab.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect1">
 | ||
| <h2 id="_appendix_c_exporting_dive_log_information_from_external_dive_log_software">17. APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software.</h2>
 | ||
| <div class="sectionbody">
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly
 | ||
| performed using the dialogue found by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu,
 | ||
| then clicking on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This is a single-step process, more
 | ||
| information about which can be found <a href="#Unified_import">here.</a> However, in
 | ||
| some cases, a two-step process may be required:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from
 | ||
|   <em>Subsurface</em>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Import the accessible dive log data into <em>Subsurface</em>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ol></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log
 | ||
| data from foreign dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to
 | ||
| Linux and/or Windows.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">17.1. Exporting from <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)</strong></h3>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">DiveManager is a MS Windows application for Suunto dive computers.
 | ||
| Divemanager 3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent
 | ||
| Suunto dive computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The
 | ||
| different versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file
 | ||
| naming conventions to export dive log data.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Start <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> and log in with the name containing the logs
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the
 | ||
|    appropriate dives.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later:
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| To select certain dives: hold <em>ctrl</em> and click the dive
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and select the
 | ||
|           last dive
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| With the dives marked, use the program menu <em>File → Export</em>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called
 | ||
|    <em>Export Path</em>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Click the browse button next to the field Export Path
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| A file-manager like window pops up
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Navigate to the directory for storing the
 | ||
|    Divelog.SDE file
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Optionally change the name of the file for saving
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Click <em>Save</em>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Back in the Export pop-up, press the button <em>Export</em>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ol></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs.  To export a
 | ||
| divelog from Divemanager one needs to locate the DM4/DM5 database where the
 | ||
| dives are stored. the user can either look for the original database or make
 | ||
| a backup of the dives. Both methods are described here.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Start Suunto DM4/DM5
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Select <em>Help → About</em>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Click <em>Copy</em> after text <em>Copy log folder path to clipboard</em>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Now open Windows Explorer
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ol></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Start Suunto DM4/DM5
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Select <em>File - Create backup</em>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we’ll use
 | ||
|    DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Click <em>Save</em>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak)
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ol></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_exporting_from_atomic_logbook">17.2. Exporting from Atomic Logbook</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock" id="Atomic_Export">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Atomic Logbook is a Windows software by Atomic Aquatics. It allows
 | ||
| downloading of dive information from Cobalt and Cobalt 2 dive computers.
 | ||
| The divelog is kept in a SQLite database at
 | ||
| C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db. This file can be
 | ||
| directly imported to Subsurface.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_exporting_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">17.3. Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock" id="Mares_Export">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Mares Dive Organiser is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a
 | ||
| Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a <em>.sdf</em> filename extension. The
 | ||
| database includes all Dive Organiser-registered divers on the particular
 | ||
| computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to obtain a copy
 | ||
| of the dive database is to export the information to another compatible
 | ||
| format which can be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Within Dive Organiser, select <em>Database → Backup</em> from the main menu and
 | ||
|    back up the database to the desk top.  This creates a zipped file
 | ||
|    DiveOrganiserxxxxx.dbf.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Rename the file to DiveOrganiserxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a
 | ||
|    file <em>DiveOrganiser.sdf</em>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Extract the <em>.sdf</em> file from the zipped folder to your Desktop.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| The password for accessing the .zip file is <em>mares</em>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ol></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_ImportingDivingLog">17.4. Exporting from <strong>DivingLog 5.0 and 6.0</strong></h3>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">The best way to bring your logs from DivingLog to Subsurface is to convert
 | ||
| the whole database. This is because other export formats do not include all
 | ||
| the details, and we would lack e.g. gas switches and information of what
 | ||
| units are used. With database import, all this information is included and
 | ||
| readily available for us.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>To transfer all files from DivingLog to Subsurface, do the following:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| In DivingLog open the <em>File → Export → SQLite</em> menu
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Select <em>Settings</em> button
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Set the <em>RTF2Plaintext</em> to <em>true</em>
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Close the Settings dialog
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Click <em>Export</em> button and select the filename
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ol></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Once this is done, open the saved database file with Subsurface and the
 | ||
| dives are automatically converted to our own format. Last step to do is save
 | ||
| the log file in Subsurface.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect1">
 | ||
| <h2 id="_annexe_d_exporter_un_tableur_vers_le_format_csv">18. ANNEXE D : Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</h2>
 | ||
| <div class="sectionbody">
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph" id="S_Appendix_D"><p>De nombreux plongeurs conservent un carnet de plongée sous forme de fichier
 | ||
| numérique, souvent un tableur avec différents champs et informations. Ces
 | ||
| données peuvent facilement être importées dans <em>Subsurface</em> après que le
 | ||
| tableur a été converti en fichier CSV. Cette section explique la procedure
 | ||
| pour convertir un carnet de plongée enregistrée sous forme de tableur vers
 | ||
| un fichier CSV qui pourra ensuite être importé dans <em>Subsurface</em>. Créer un
 | ||
| fichier CSV est une tache simple malgré que la procédure soit différente
 | ||
| selon le tableur utilisé.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>La première étape est d’organiser les données de plongées dans le tableur
 | ||
| pour que la première ligne contienne le nom (ou le titre) de chaque colonne
 | ||
| et que les informations de chaque plongée soient contenues sur une seule
 | ||
| ligne. <em>Subsurface</em> supporte de nombreux éléments (Dive #, Date, Time,
 | ||
| Duration, Location, GPS, Max Depth, Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight et
 | ||
| Tags). L’utilisateur peut organiser les données de plongées selon quelques
 | ||
| règles simples :</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Date : utiliser un des formats suivants : aaaa-mm-jj, jj.mm.aaaa, mm/jj/aaaa
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Durée : le format est minutes:secondes.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Système d’unité : un seul système d’unité doit être utilisé (pas de mélange
 | ||
|    entre les unités impériales et métriques)
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Étiquettes et équipiers : les valeurs doivent être séparées par des
 | ||
|    virgules.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Position GPS : vous devez utiliser les degrés décimaux, par exemple :
 | ||
|    30.22496 30.821798
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ol></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_em_libreoffice_calc_em_et_em_openoffice_calc_em">18.1. <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> et <em>OpenOffice Calc</em></h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open
 | ||
| source office suite applications. The user interaction with <em>LibreOffice</em>
 | ||
| and <em>OpenOffice</em> is very similar.  In Libreoffice Calc the time format
 | ||
| should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one
 | ||
| of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like
 | ||
| this:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Spreadsheet data" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click <em>File →
 | ||
| Save As</em>. On the dialogue that comes up, select the <em>Text CSV (.csv)</em> as the
 | ||
| file type and select the option <em>Edit filter settings</em>.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Save as options" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting <em>Save</em>, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose <em>Tab</em>
 | ||
| to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point),
 | ||
| then select <em>OK</em>.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Field options" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and
 | ||
| then import the dive data as explained on the section
 | ||
| <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">18.2. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The field delimiter (called "<em>list separator</em>" in Microsoft manuals) is not
 | ||
| accessible from within <em>Excel</em> and needs to be set through the <em>Microsoft
 | ||
| Control Panel</em>. After changing the separator character, all software on the
 | ||
| Windows machine use the new character as a separator.  One can change the
 | ||
| character back to the default character by following the same procedure,
 | ||
| outlined below.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| In Microsoft Windows, click the <strong>Start</strong> button, and then select <em>Control
 | ||
|   Panel</em> from the list on the right-hand side.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Open the <em>Regional and Language Options</em> dialog box.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Do one of the following: <strong> In Windows 7, click the <em>Formats</em> tab, and then
 | ||
|   click <em>Customize this format</em>.  </strong> In Windows XP, click the <em>Regional
 | ||
|   Options</em> tab, and then click <em>Customize</em>.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Type a new separator in the <em>List separator</em> box. To use a TAB-delimited
 | ||
|   file, type the word TAB in the box.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| Click <em>OK</em> twice.
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of the <em>Control Panel</em>:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Win List separator" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>To export the dive log in CSV format:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>With the dive log opened in <em>Excel</em>, select the round Windows button at the
 | ||
| top left, then <em>Save As</em>.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save as option" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the left-hand part of the <em>Save as</em> option, NOT on the arrow on the
 | ||
| right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the spreadsheet in an
 | ||
| alternative format. From the dropdown list at the bottom of the dialogue,
 | ||
| marked <em>Save as Type:</em>, select <em>CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)</em>. Ensure that
 | ||
| the appropriate folder has been selected to save the CSV file into.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save CSV dialogue" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Save</em> button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the folder
 | ||
| that was selected. One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a
 | ||
| text editor, and then import the dive data as explained on the section
 | ||
| <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect1">
 | ||
| <h2 id="S_APPENDIX_E">19. ANNEXE E : Créer un modèle d’impression personnalisé</h2>
 | ||
| <div class="sectionbody">
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a mechanism to create or modify templates for printing
 | ||
| dive logs in order to produce customised printouts of dive logs. Templates,
 | ||
| written in HTML as well as a simple Grantlee instruction set, are rendered
 | ||
| to the print device by <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Templates are accessed using the print dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong> below).</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The buttons under the <em>Template</em> dropdown box allows one to <em>Edit</em>,
 | ||
| <em>Delete</em>, <em>Import</em> and to <em>Export</em> templates (see image <strong>A</strong> above). New or
 | ||
| modified templates are stored as HTML files in the same directory as the
 | ||
| dive log being processed. In order to create or modify a template, select
 | ||
| one of the templates from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue
 | ||
| (see image <strong>B</strong> above). Choose an existing template that resembles the final
 | ||
| desired printout. Then select <em>Edit</em>.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The Edit Panel comprises three tabs:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Template1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: template edit dialogue" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>1) The <em>Style</em> tab (image <strong>A</strong> above) controls the font, line spacing and colour
 | ||
|    template used for printing the dive log.  The style attributes are
 | ||
|    editable. Choose one of the four colour palets used for colour printing.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>2) The <em>Colors</em> tab (image <strong>B</strong> above) allows editing the colours used for
 | ||
|    printing the dive log. The colours are highly customisable: the <em>Edit</em>
 | ||
|    buttons in the <em>Colors</em> tab allows choosing abritrary colours for different
 | ||
|    components of the dive log printout.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>3) The <em>Template</em> tab of the Edit Panel (see image below) allows creating a
 | ||
|    template using HTML as well as a few Grantlee programming
 | ||
|    primitives. Grantlee provides the ability to create and format HTML code in
 | ||
|    a highly simple but efficient way (see below). The HTML of the template can
 | ||
|    be edited and saved. The saved template is stored in the same directory as
 | ||
|    the dive being processed. By default, a <em>Custom</em> template is a skeleton with
 | ||
|    no specific print instructions. The informastion being printed needs to be
 | ||
|    specified and formatted in the by replacing the section marked with: "<!--
 | ||
|    Template must be filled -→". Writing HTML code with Grantlee instructions
 | ||
|    allows unlimited freedom in determining what is printed an in which way it
 | ||
|    should be rendered.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <img src="images/Template2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Template tab" />
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>One can adapt any of the existing templates and save it to the dive log
 | ||
| directory. The standard templates (e.g. One dive, Six dives, Table) can be
 | ||
| modified in this way. After completing the edits, use the <em>Export</em> button in
 | ||
| the print dialogue to save the new template using a new template name.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>To write a custom template the following elements must exist so that the
 | ||
| template will be correctly handled and rendered.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_main_dive_loop">19.1. Main dive loop</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> exports a dive list called (<strong>dives</strong>) to the <em>Grantlee</em>
 | ||
| backend. It is possible to iterate over the list as follows:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="title">template.html</div>
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>        {% for dive in dives %}
 | ||
|                 <h1> {{ dive.number }} </h1>
 | ||
|         {% endfor %}</code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="title">output.html</div>
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>        <h1> 1 </h1>
 | ||
|         <h1> 2 </h1>
 | ||
|         <h1> 3 </h1></code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Additional information about <em>Grantlee</em> can be found
 | ||
| <a href="http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html">here</a></p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_grantlee_exported_variables">19.2. Grantlee exported variables</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Only a subset of the dive data is exported:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="tableblock">
 | ||
| <table rules="all"
 | ||
| width="100%"
 | ||
| frame="border"
 | ||
| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
 | ||
| <col width="50%" />
 | ||
| <col width="50%" />
 | ||
| <tbody>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">number</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive number</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) unique dive ID, should be used to fetch the dive profile</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">date</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) data of the dive</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">time</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) time of the dive</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">location</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) location of the dive</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">duration</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) duration of the dive</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">depth</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) depth of the dive</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">divemaster</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) divemaster data</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">buddy</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) buddy data</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">airTemp</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) air temperature of dive</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">waterTemp</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) water temperature of dive</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">notes</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive notes</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">rating</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive rating ranges from 0 to 5</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sac</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) sac value</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">tags</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) all dive tags concatenate together</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">gas</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) used gas cylinder</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| </tbody>
 | ||
| </table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> also exports <strong>template_options</strong> data. This data must be used as
 | ||
| <em>CSS</em> values to provide a dynamically editable template. The exported data
 | ||
| is shown in the following table:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="tableblock">
 | ||
| <table rules="all"
 | ||
| width="100%"
 | ||
| frame="border"
 | ||
| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
 | ||
| <col width="50%" />
 | ||
| <col width="50%" />
 | ||
| <tbody>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) font family</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">borderwidth</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) border-width value dynamically calculated as 0.1% of the page width with minimum value of 1px</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font_size</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) size of fonts in vw, ranges between 1.0 and 2.0</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">line_spacing</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) distance between text lines, ranges between 1.0 and 3.0</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color1</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) background color</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color2</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary table cell color</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color3</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary table cell color</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color4</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary text color</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color5</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary text color</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color6</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) border colors</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| </tbody>
 | ||
| </table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="title">template.html</div>
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>        border-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;</code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="title">output.html</div>
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>        border-width: 3px;</code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>Another variable that <em>Subsurface</em> exports is <strong>print_options</strong>. This variable
 | ||
| contains a single member:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="tableblock">
 | ||
| <table rules="all"
 | ||
| width="100%"
 | ||
| frame="border"
 | ||
| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
 | ||
| <col width="50%" />
 | ||
| <col width="50%" />
 | ||
| <tbody>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">grayscale</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Use <em>CSS</em> filters to convert the page into grayscale (should be added to body style to enable printing grayscale prints)</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| </tbody>
 | ||
| </table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="title">template.html</div>
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>        body {
 | ||
|                 {{ print_options.grayscale }};
 | ||
|         }</code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="title">output.html</div>
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>        body {
 | ||
|                 -webkit-filter: grayscale(100%);
 | ||
|         }</code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_defined_css_selectors">19.3. Defined CSS selectors</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>As the dive profile is placed after rendering, <em>Subsurface</em> uses a special
 | ||
| <em>CSS</em> selectors to do some searches in the HTML output. The <em>CSS</em> selectors
 | ||
| in the following table should be added.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="tableblock">
 | ||
| <table rules="all"
 | ||
| width="100%"
 | ||
| frame="border"
 | ||
| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
 | ||
| <col width="33%" />
 | ||
| <col width="33%" />
 | ||
| <col width="33%" />
 | ||
| <tbody>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Selector</strong></p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Type</strong></p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dive_{{ dive.id }}</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">is used to fetch the relevant dive profile</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">diveProfile</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">each div that will contain a dive profile should have this class selector in addition to the dive_{{ dive.id }} id selector</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| <tr>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dontbreak</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
 | ||
| <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">prevents the div with this class to be divided into two pages, this can be used
 | ||
| in flow layout templates only (when data-numberofdives = 0)</p></td>
 | ||
| </tr>
 | ||
| </tbody>
 | ||
| </table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">Rendering dive profiles is not supported for flow layout templates (when
 | ||
| data-numberofdives = 0).</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_special_attributes">19.4. Special attributes</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways of rendering- either rendering a specific number of dives
 | ||
| in each page or make <em>Subsurface</em> try to fit as much dives as possible into
 | ||
| one page (<em>flow</em> rendering).</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>data-numberofdives</strong> data attribute is added to the body tag to set the
 | ||
| rendering mode</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| render 6 dives per page:
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>        <body data-numberofdives = 6></code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="ulist"><ul>
 | ||
| <li>
 | ||
| <p>
 | ||
| render as much dives as possible:
 | ||
| </p>
 | ||
| </li>
 | ||
| </ul></div>
 | ||
| <div class="literalblock">
 | ||
| <div class="content">
 | ||
| <pre><code>        <body data-numberofdives = 0></code></pre>
 | ||
| </div></div>
 | ||
| <div class="admonitionblock">
 | ||
| <table><tr>
 | ||
| <td class="icon">
 | ||
| <img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
 | ||
| </td>
 | ||
| <td class="content">All CSS units should be in relative lengths only, to support printing on any
 | ||
| page size.</td>
 | ||
| </tr></table>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect1">
 | ||
| <h2 id="_appendix_f_faqs">20. APPENDIX F: FAQs.</h2>
 | ||
| <div class="sectionbody">
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="S_APPENDIX_F">20.1. Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph" id="SAC_CALCULATION"><p><em>Question</em>: I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending
 | ||
| with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what <em>Subsurface</em>
 | ||
| calculates. Is <em>Subsurface</em> miscalculating?</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Not really. What happens is that <em>Subsurface</em> actually calculates
 | ||
| gas consumption differently - and better - than you expect.  In particular,
 | ||
| it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account.  Traditionally, Gas
 | ||
| consumption and SAC should be: <code>consumption = tank size x (start pressure -
 | ||
| end pressure)</code></p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>and that’s true for an ideal gas, and it’s what you get taught in dive
 | ||
| theory.  But an "ideal gas" doesn’t actually exist, and real gases actually
 | ||
| don’t compress linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that
 | ||
| one atmosphere of pressure isn’t actually one bar.  So the <strong>real</strong>
 | ||
| calculation is:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)</code></p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>where the amount of air is <strong>not</strong> just "tank size times pressure in bar".
 | ||
| It’s a combination of: "take compressibility into account" (which is a
 | ||
| fairly small issue under 220 bar - you’ll see more differences when you do
 | ||
| high-pressure tanks with 300bar) and "convert bar to atm" (which is the
 | ||
| majority of your discrepancy).  Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without
 | ||
| the compressibility, your gas use is:</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple
 | ||
| calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM.  The
 | ||
| compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down about
 | ||
| eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface
 | ||
| pressure.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated.  Or
 | ||
| be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did.  And as
 | ||
| mentioned, the "contains less air than you thought it did" really starts
 | ||
| becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not
 | ||
| contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts
 | ||
| pretty much like an ideal gas.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_have_time_discrepancies_with_the_recorded_samples_from_my_dive_computer_8230">20.2. Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer…</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth,
 | ||
| divetime, SAC, etc).  <em>Question</em>: Why do dive durations in my dive computer
 | ||
| differ from that given by <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to
 | ||
| trigger the "dive started")  but then come back up and wait five minutes for
 | ||
| your buddies, your dive computer may say that your dive is 50 minutes long -
 | ||
| because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but subsurface will say
 | ||
| it’s 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes.  It’s
 | ||
| even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW
 | ||
| dives, when you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it
 | ||
| at the surface. And then you don’t want that to count as some kind of long
 | ||
| dive”.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div class="sect2">
 | ||
| <h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_are_missing_from_the_download">20.3. Some dive profiles are missing from the download</h3>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph" id="DC_HISTORY"><p><em>Question</em>: I cannot download all my dives, only the most recent ones even
 | ||
| though my dive computer’s manual states that it records history of e.g. 999
 | ||
| dives.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Dive history is different than the dive profiles on the log.  The
 | ||
| history only keeps track of the total number of dives and total amount of
 | ||
| time spent below surface. The logs, on the other hand, store the dive
 | ||
| profile, but they have limited amount of memory to do so. The exact amount
 | ||
| of dive profiles that can be stored on the device depend on sample interval
 | ||
| and duration of the dives. Once the memory is full the oldest dives get
 | ||
| overwritten with new dives. Thus we are only able to download the last 13,
 | ||
| 30 or 199 dives.</p></div>
 | ||
| <div class="paragraph"><p>If you have downloaded your dives to different dive logging software before
 | ||
| they were overwritten, there is a high chance that Subsurface can import
 | ||
| these. However, if the logs are only on your dive computer, they cannot be
 | ||
| salvaged after being over written by new dives.</p></div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| <div id="footnotes"><hr /></div>
 | ||
| <div id="footer">
 | ||
| <div id="footer-text">
 | ||
| Last updated 2015-10-29 10:42:47 CET
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </div>
 | ||
| </body>
 | ||
| </html>
 |